patch 8.2.0841: 'verbose' value 16 causes duplicate output

Problem: 'verbose' value 16 causes duplicate output. Solution: Combine levels 15 and 16 into one message. (Christian Brabandt, closes #6153)
patch 8.2.0840: search match count wrong when only match is in fold
2025-12-24 08:05:19 +00:00 · 2020-05-29 23:03:09 +02:00 · 2020-05-29 22:49:43 +02:00 · 2020-05-29 22:41:41 +02:00 · 2020-05-29 21:42:55 +02:00 · 2020-05-29 21:38:42 +02:00
781 changed files with 70030 additions and 23011 deletions
--- a/.cirrus.yml
+++ b/.cirrus.yml
@@ -13,5 +13,4 @@ freebsd_12_task:
    - make -j${NPROC}
    - src/vim --version
  test_script:
-    # Runtime Indent tests do not work, run only the normal test suite
-    - cd src && make test
+    - make test
--- a/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md
+++ b/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ labels: enhancement

 _Instructions: Replace the template text and remove irrelevant text (including this line)_

-**Is your feature request related something that is currently hard to do? Please describe.**
+**Is your feature request about something that is currently impossible or hard to do? Please describe the problem.**
 A clear and concise description of what is hard to do. Ex. It is difficult to [...] when [...]
 (If it is related to runtime files, please check their header for where to discuss enhancements.)

--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -5,9 +5,11 @@ src/xxd/xxd
 src/auto/if_perl.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
+src/auto/os_haiku.rdef
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
 src/tags
+src/types.vim

 # We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.cache
@@ -86,6 +88,7 @@ src/kword_test

 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/tags
+runtime/doc/doctags

 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
 # restrict them to shadow (the default) or shadow-*
--- a/.hgignore
+++ b/.hgignore
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
 src/tags
+src/types.vim

 # We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.cache
@@ -86,6 +87,7 @@ src/kword_test

 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/tags
+runtime/doc/doctags

 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
 # restrict them to shadow (the default) or shadow-*
--- a/.travis.yml
+++ b/.travis.yml
@@ -1,35 +1,34 @@
 language: c

-anchors:
+_anchors:
  envs:
    - &tiny-nogui
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny "CONFOPT='--disable-gui'" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT="--disable-gui" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
    - &tiny
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
    - &small
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
    - &normal
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
    - &linux-huge
-      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-      "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
    - &osx-huge # macOS build
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-      "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
    - &unittests
-      BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+      BUILD=no TEST=unittests CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
    - &asan # ASAN build
      SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
      ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
+    - &shadowopt
+      SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow

  linux: &linux
    os: linux
-    dist: trusty
+    dist: bionic
    addons:
      apt:
-        sources:
-          # Need msgfmt 0.19.8 to be able to generate .desktop files
-          - sourceline: 'ppa:ricotz/toolchain'
        packages:
          - autoconf
          - clang
@@ -39,46 +38,41 @@ anchors:
          - libperl-dev
          - python-dev
          - python3-dev
-          - liblua5.2-dev
-          - lua5.2
+          - liblua5.3-dev
+          - lua5.3
          - ruby-dev
          - tcl-dev
          - cscope
          - libgtk2.0-dev
          - desktop-file-utils
+          - libtool-bin
+    services:
+      - xvfb
    before_install:
      - rvm reset
-      # Remove /opt/python/3.x.x/bin from $PATH for using system python3.
-      # ("pyenv global system" doesn't seem to work.)
-      - |
-        if [[ "$(which python3)" =~ ^/opt/python/ ]]; then
-          export PATH=$(py3=$(which python3); echo ${PATH//${py3%/python3}:/})
-        fi
-      - |
-        if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-          pip install --user cpp-coveralls
-        fi
-      # needed for https support for coveralls
-      # building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
-      - |
-        if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
-          CC=gcc pip install --user pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
-        fi
      # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
      - |
        if [[ "${CC}" = "clang" ]]; then
-          ln -sf "$(which llvm-cov)" /home/travis/bin/gcov
+          ln -sf "$(command -v llvm-cov)" /home/travis/bin/gcov
+        fi
+      # Setup lua5.3 manually since its package doesn't provide alternative.
+      # https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/lua5.3/+bug/1707212
+      - |
+        if [[ "${CONFOPT}" =~ luainterp ]]; then
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/lua lua /usr/bin/lua5.3 10
        fi
    before_script:
-      # Start virtual framebuffer to be able to test the GUI. Does not work on OS X.
-      - export DISPLAY=:99.0
-      - sh -e /etc/init.d/xvfb start && sleep 3
-      - sudo modprobe snd-dummy
+      - sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
+      - sudo bash ci/load-snd-dummy.sh || true
      - sudo usermod -a -G audio $USER
      - do_test() { sg audio "sg $(id -gn) '$*'"; }

  osx: &osx
    os: osx
+    before_script:
+      - do_test() { "$@"; }
+
+  homebrew: &osx-homebrew
    addons:
      homebrew:
        packages:
@@ -87,25 +81,24 @@ anchors:
    cache:
      directories:
        - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Homebrew/vendor/
-        - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Taps/
+        - /usr/local/Homebrew/Library/Taps/homebrew/homebrew-core/
    before_install:
      - rvm reset
-      # Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
+      # Lua is not installed on macOS
      - export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local
-    before_script:
-      - do_test() { "$@"; }

  coverage: &coverage
+    # needed for https support for coveralls building cffi only works with gcc,
+    # not with clang
+    - CC=gcc pip install --user cpp-coveralls pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
    - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
    - (cd "${SRCDIR}" && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash))

  asan_symbolize: &asan_symbolize
-    - |
-      while read log; do
-        asan_symbolize < "${log}"
-      done < <(find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0)
-
-sudo: false
+    # Update pyenv to fix the error "/opt/pyenv/libexec/pyenv: line 43: cd: asan_symbolize-6.0: Not a directory".
+    # https://github.com/pyenv/pyenv/issues/580
+    - (cd "${PYENV_ROOT}" && git fetch -p origin && git checkout "$(git rev-list --tags -n1)") &>/dev/null || true
+    - find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0 2>/dev/null | xargs grep -l '^==[[:digit:]]*==ERROR:' | xargs -I{} -n1 -t asan_symbolize -l{}

 branches:
  except:
@@ -129,31 +122,35 @@ script:
  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mBuilding Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:build\\r\\033[0K"
  - |
    if [[ "${BUILD}" = "yes" ]]; then
+      # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
+      # BSD sed needs backup extension specified.
+      sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "osx" ]]; then
+        # On macOS, the entity of gcc is clang.
+        sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.clang.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      else
+        sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+      fi
      make ${SHADOWOPT} -j${NPROC}
    fi
  - echo -en "travis_fold:end:build\\r\\033[0K"
  - set +o errexit
-  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
  # Show Vim version and also if_xx versions.
  - |
    if [[ "${BUILD}" = "yes" ]]; then
      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --version
-      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-1.vim -c quit > /dev/null
-      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
-      cat if_ver.txt
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
    fi
-  - >
-    do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} &&
-    make -C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../"${SRCDIR}"/vim &&
-    FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
+  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
+  - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} && FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
  - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"

-
-# instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),
-# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
-# on mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI
-# linux: 2*compiler + 5*env + mac: 2*compiler + 2*env
-matrix:
+# Instead of using all environments with both compilers on both systems,
+# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux.
+# On mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI, use 2 compilers in 2 environments.
+# Linux: 2 compilers on some of the environments + gcc on os390
+jobs:
  include:
    - <<: *osx
      name: tiny-nogui/clang
@@ -164,10 +161,12 @@ matrix:
      compiler: gcc
      env: *tiny-nogui
    - <<: *osx
+      <<: *osx-homebrew
      name: huge/clang
      compiler: clang
      env: *osx-huge
    - <<: *osx
+      <<: *osx-homebrew
      name: huge/gcc
      compiler: gcc
      env: *osx-huge
@@ -194,26 +193,34 @@ matrix:
    - <<: *linux
      name: normal/clang
      compiler: clang
-      env: *normal
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - *shadowopt
    - <<: *linux
      name: normal/gcc
      compiler: gcc
-      env: *normal
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - *shadowopt
+    - <<: *linux
+      arch: s390x
+      name: huge/gcc-s390x
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *linux-huge
+      services: []
    - <<: *linux
      name: huge+coverage/clang
      compiler: clang
-      env: *linux-huge
+      env:
+        - *linux-huge
+        # Clang cannot compile test_libvterm with "--coverage" flag.
+        - TEST=scripttests
      after_success: *coverage
    - <<: *linux
      name: huge+coverage/gcc
      compiler: gcc
      env: *linux-huge
      after_success: *coverage
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: unittests+coverage/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env: *unittests
-      after_success: *coverage
    - <<: *linux # ASAN
      name: huge+asan/gcc
      compiler: gcc
@@ -228,5 +235,16 @@ matrix:
        - *linux-huge
        - TEST="-C src testgui"
      after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: unittests+coverage/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *unittests
+      after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: vimtags/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - TEST="-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"

 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:
--- a/92
+++ b/92
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.cirrus.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
+		ci/if_ver*.vim \
+		ci/load-snd-dummy.sh \
+		ci/config.mk*.sed \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
 		src/README.md \
 		src/alloc.h \
@@ -28,6 +31,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/channel.c \
 		src/charset.c \
 		src/cindent.c \
+		src/clientserver.c \
+		src/clipboard.c \
 		src/cmdexpand.c \
 		src/cmdhist.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
@@ -124,7 +129,10 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/term.h \
 		src/termlib.c \
 		src/testing.c \
+		src/textformat.c \
+		src/textobject.c \
 		src/textprop.c \
+		src/time.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
 		src/usercmd.c \
@@ -132,6 +140,10 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/vim9.h \
+		src/vim9compile.c \
+		src/vim9execute.c \
+		src/vim9script.c \
 		src/viminfo.c \
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
@@ -144,20 +156,21 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/*.py \
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
-		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
-		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
 		src/testdir/check.vim \
-		src/testdir/shared.vim \
-		src/testdir/screendump.vim \
-		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/setup.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_init.vim \
-		src/testdir/setup_gui.vim \
 		src/testdir/gui_preinit.vim \
+		src/testdir/mouse.vim \
+		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
+		src/testdir/screendump.vim \
+		src/testdir/setup.vim \
+		src/testdir/setup_gui.vim \
+		src/testdir/shared.vim \
+		src/testdir/vim9.vim \
+		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
+		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
+		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
-		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
@@ -172,12 +185,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pyxfile/*.py \
-		src/testdir/bench*.in \
-		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
 		src/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
-		src/testdir/if_ver*.vim \
 		src/testdir/color_ramp.vim \
 		src/testdir/silent.wav \
 		src/testdir/popupbounce.vim \
@@ -195,6 +205,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
 		src/proto/cindent.pro \
+		src/proto/clientserver.pro \
+		src/proto/clipboard.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdexpand.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdhist.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
@@ -269,12 +281,18 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/terminal.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
 		src/proto/testing.pro \
+		src/proto/textformat.pro \
+		src/proto/textobject.pro \
 		src/proto/textprop.pro \
+		src/proto/time.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9script.pro \
 		src/proto/viminfo.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
@@ -283,10 +301,12 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/LICENSE \
 		src/libvterm/Makefile \
 		src/libvterm/README \
+		src/libvterm/CONTRIBUTING \
 		src/libvterm/tbl2inc_c.pl \
 		src/libvterm/vterm.pc.in \
 		src/libvterm/doc/URLs \
 		src/libvterm/doc/seqs.txt \
+		src/libvterm/find-wide-chars.pl \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm.h \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm_keycodes.h \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding.c \
@@ -294,6 +314,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/DECdrawing.tbl \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.inc \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.tbl \
+		src/libvterm/src/fullwidth.inc \
 		src/libvterm/src/keyboard.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/mouse.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
@@ -324,16 +345,17 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/t/27state_reset.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/28state_dbl_wh.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/29state_fallback.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/30pen.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/40screen_ascii.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/41screen_unicode.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/42screen_damage.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/43screen_resize.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/44screen_pen.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/45screen_protect.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/46screen_extent.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/47screen_dbl_wh.test \
-		src/libvterm/t/48screen_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/30state_pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/31state_rep.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/60screen_ascii.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/61screen_unicode.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/62screen_damage.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/63screen_resize.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/64screen_pen.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/65screen_protect.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/66screen_extent.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/67screen_dbl_wh.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/68screen_termprops.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-1.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-2.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-3.test \
@@ -521,7 +543,6 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/uninstall.c \
 		src/vim.def \
 		src/vim.rc \
-		src/vimio.h \
 		src/gvim.exe.mnf \
 		src/vimrun.c \
 		src/xpm_w32.c \
@@ -591,6 +612,15 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 		src/testdir/amiga.vim \
 		src/xxd/Make_amiga.mak \

+# source files for Haiku (also in the extra archive)
+SRC_HAIKU =	\
+		README_haiku.txt \
+		src/os_haiku.h \
+		src/os_haiku.rdef.in \
+		src/gui_haiku.cc \
+		src/gui_haiku.h \
+		src/proto/gui_haiku.pro \
+
 # source files for the Mac (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/INSTALLmac.txt \
@@ -626,13 +656,13 @@ SRC_QNX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_photon.pro \
 		src/proto/os_qnx.pro \

-
 # source files for the extra archive (all sources that are not for Unix)
 SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_AMI) \
 		$(SRC_AMI_DOS) \
 		$(SRC_DOS) \
 		$(SRC_DOS_BIN) \
+		$(SRC_HAIKU) \
 		$(SRC_MAC) \
 		$(SRC_QNX) \
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
@@ -652,6 +682,8 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 RT_ALL =	\
 		README.txt \
 		README.md \
+		README_VIM9.md \
+		LICENSE \
 		CONTRIBUTING.md \
 		runtime/bugreport.vim \
 		runtime/doc/*.awk \
@@ -766,20 +798,20 @@ RT_UNIX =	\
 		README_unix.txt \
 		runtime/hi16-action-make.png \
 		runtime/hi22-action-make.png \
-		runtime/vim16x16.png \
-		runtime/vim16x16.xpm \
-		runtime/vim32x32.png \
-		runtime/vim32x32.xpm \
-		runtime/vim48x48.png \
-		runtime/vim48x48.xpm \
 		runtime/gvim.desktop \
 		runtime/vim.desktop \

 # Unix and DOS runtime without CR-LF translation
 RT_UNIX_DOS_BIN =	\
 		runtime/vim16x16.gif \
+		runtime/vim16x16.png \
+		runtime/vim16x16.xpm \
 		runtime/vim32x32.gif \
+		runtime/vim32x32.png \
+		runtime/vim32x32.xpm \
 		runtime/vim48x48.gif \
+		runtime/vim48x48.png \
+		runtime/vim48x48.xpm \

 # runtime not for unix or extra
 RT_NO_UNIX =	\
--- a/78
+++ b/78
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+VIM LICENSE
+
+I)  There are no restrictions on distributing unmodified copies of Vim except
+    that they must include this license text.  You can also distribute
+    unmodified parts of Vim, likewise unrestricted except that they must
+    include this license text.  You are also allowed to include executables
+    that you made from the unmodified Vim sources, plus your own usage
+    examples and Vim scripts.
+
+II) It is allowed to distribute a modified (or extended) version of Vim,
+    including executables and/or source code, when the following four
+    conditions are met:
+    1) This license text must be included unmodified.
+    2) The modified Vim must be distributed in one of the following five ways:
+       a) If you make changes to Vim yourself, you must clearly describe in
+          the distribution how to contact you.  When the maintainer asks you
+          (in any way) for a copy of the modified Vim you distributed, you
+          must make your changes, including source code, available to the
+          maintainer without fee.  The maintainer reserves the right to
+          include your changes in the official version of Vim.  What the
+          maintainer will do with your changes and under what license they
+          will be distributed is negotiable.  If there has been no negotiation
+          then this license, or a later version, also applies to your changes.
+          The current maintainer is Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>.  If this
+          changes it will be announced in appropriate places (most likely
+          vim.sf.net, www.vim.org and/or comp.editors). When it is completely
+          impossible to contact the maintainer, the obligation to send him
+          your changes ceases.  Once the maintainer has confirmed that he has
+          received your changes they will not have to be sent again.
+       b) If you have received a modified Vim that was distributed as
+          mentioned under a) you are allowed to further distribute it
+          unmodified, as mentioned at I).  If you make additional changes the
+          text under a) applies to those changes.
+       c) Provide all the changes, including source code, with every copy of
+          the modified Vim you distribute.  This may be done in the form of a
+          context diff.  You can choose what license to use for new code you
+          add.  The changes and their license must not restrict others from
+          making their own changes to the official version of Vim.
+       d) When you have a modified Vim which includes changes as mentioned
+          under c), you can distribute it without the source code for the
+          changes if the following three conditions are met:
+          - The license that applies to the changes permits you to distribute
+            the changes to the Vim maintainer without fee or restriction, and
+            permits the Vim maintainer to include the changes in the official
+            version of Vim without fee or restriction.
+          - You keep the changes for at least three years after last
+            distributing the corresponding modified Vim.  When the maintainer
+            or someone who you distributed the modified Vim to asks you (in
+            any way) for the changes within this period, you must make them
+            available to him.
+          - You clearly describe in the distribution how to contact you.  This
+            contact information must remain valid for at least three years
+            after last distributing the corresponding modified Vim, or as long
+            as possible.
+       e) When the GNU General Public License (GPL) applies to the changes,
+          you can distribute the modified Vim under the GNU GPL version 2 or
+          any later version.
+    3) A message must be added, at least in the output of the ":version"
+       command and in the intro screen, such that the user of the modified Vim
+       is able to see that it was modified.  When distributing as mentioned
+       under 2)e) adding the message is only required for as far as this does
+       not conflict with the license used for the changes.
+    4) The contact information as required under 2)a) and 2)d) must not be
+       removed or changed, except that the person himself can make
+       corrections.
+
+III) If you distribute a modified version of Vim, you are encouraged to use
+     the Vim license for your changes and make them available to the
+     maintainer, including the source code.  The preferred way to do this is
+     by e-mail or by uploading the files to a server and e-mailing the URL.
+     If the number of changes is small (e.g., a modified Makefile) e-mailing a
+     context diff will do.  The e-mail address to be used is
+     <maintainer@vim.org>
+
+IV)  It is not allowed to remove this license from the distribution of the Vim
+     sources, parts of it or from a modified version.  You may use this
+     license for previous Vim releases instead of the license that they came
+     with, at your option.
--- a/2
+++ b/2
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ MINOR = 2
 #   > msvc2015.bat
 # - Build the console binary:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak
-# - Run the tests and check the ouput:
+# - Run the tests and check the output:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test
 # - Rename (using ../tools/rename.bat):
--- a/README.md
+++ b/README.md
@@ -26,10 +26,12 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.

-Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
-almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
-difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
-DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), macOS, Haiku, VMS and almost
+all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
+Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000, Amiga DOS,
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+
+For Vim9 script see [README_VIM9](README_VIM9.md).

 ## Distribution ##

@@ -70,6 +72,7 @@ archive):
 	README_unix.txt		Unix
 	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
 	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+	README_haiku.txt	Haiku
 	README_vms.txt		VMS

 There are other `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
--- a/README.txt
+++ b/README.txt
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.

-Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
-almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
-difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
-DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), macOS, VMS and almost all
+flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
+Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000, Amiga DOS,
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.


 DISTRIBUTION
--- a/README_VIM9.md
+++ b/README_VIM9.md
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)
+
+# What is Vim9?
+
+This is an experimental side of [Vim](https://github.com/vim/vim).
+It explores ways of making Vim script faster and better.
+
+WARNING: The Vim9 script features are in the early stages of development,
+anything can break!
+
+# Why Vim9?
+
+## 1. FASTER VIM SCRIPT
+
+The third item on the poll results of 2018, after popup windows and text
+properties, is faster Vim script.  So how do we do that?
+
+I have been throwing some ideas around, and soon came to the conclusion
+that the current way functions are called and executed, with
+dictionaries for the arguments and local variables, is never going to be
+very fast.  We're lucky if we can make it twice as fast.  The overhead
+of a function call and executing every line is just too high.
+
+So what then?  We can only make something fast by having a new way of
+defining a function, with similar but different properties of the old
+way:
+* Arguments are only available by name, not through the a: dictionary or
+  the a:000 list.
+* Local variables are not available in an l: dictionary.
+* A few more things that slow us down, such as exception handling details.
+
+I Implemented a "proof of concept" and measured the time to run a simple
+for loop with an addition (Justin used this example in his presentation,
+full code is below):
+
+``` vim
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+```
+
+| how     | time in sec |
+| --------| -------- |
+| Vim old | 5.018541 |
+| Python  | 0.369598 |
+| Lua     | 0.078817 |
+| Vim new | 0.073595 |
+
+That looks very promising!  It's just one example, but it shows how much
+we can gain, and also that Vim script can be faster than builtin
+interfaces.
+
+In practice the script would not do something useless as counting but change
+the text.  For example, re-indent all the lines:
+
+``` vim
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    call setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    let totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+```
+
+| how     | time in sec |
+| --------| -------- |
+| Vim old | 0.853752 |
+| Python  | 0.304584 |
+| Lua     | 0.286573 |
+| Vim new | 0.190276 |
+
+The differences are smaller, but Vim 9 script is clearly the fastest.
+
+How does Vim9 script work?  The function is first compiled into a sequence of
+instructions.  Each instruction has one or two parameters and a stack is
+used to store intermediate results.  Local variables are also on the
+stack, space is reserved during compilation.  This is a fairly normal
+way of compilation into an intermediate format, specialized for Vim,
+e.g. each stack item is a typeval_T.  And one of the instructions is
+"execute Ex command", for commands that are not compiled.
+
+
+## 2. PHASING OUT INTERFACES
+
+Attempts have been made to implement functionality with built-in script
+languages such as Python, Perl, Lua, Tcl and Ruby.  This never gained much
+foothold, for various reasons.
+
+Instead of using script language support in Vim:
+* Encourage implementing external tools in any language and communicate
+  with them.  The job and channel support already makes this possible.
+  Really any language can be used, also Java and Go, which are not
+  available built-in.
+* Phase out the built-in language interfaces, make maintenance a bit easier
+  and executables easier to build.  They will be kept for backwards
+  compatibility, no new features.
+* Improve the Vim script language, it is used to communicate with the external
+  tool and implements the Vim side of the interface.  Also, it can be used when
+  an external tool is undesired.
+
+All together this creates a clear situation: Vim with the +eval feature
+will be sufficient for most plugins, while some plugins require
+installing a tool that can be written in any language.  No confusion
+about having Vim but the plugin not working because some specific
+language is missing.  This is a good long term goal.
+
+Rationale: Why is it better to run a tool separately from Vim than using a
+built-in interface and interpreter?  Take for example something that is
+written in Python:
+* The built-in interface uses the embedded python interpreter.  This is less
+  well maintained than the python command.  Building Vim with it requires
+  installing developer packages.  If loaded dynamically there can be a version
+  mismatch.
+* When running the tool externally the standard python command can be used,
+  which is quite often available by default or can be easily installed.
+* The built-in interface has an API that is unique for Vim with Python. This is
+  an extra API to learn.
+* A .py file can be compiled into a .pyc file and execute much faster.
+* Inside Vim multi-threading can cause problems, since the Vim core is single
+  threaded.  In an external tool there are no such problems.
+* The Vim part is written in .vim files, the Python part is in .py files, this
+  is nicely separated.
+* Disadvantage: An interface needs to be made between Vim and Python.
+  JSON is available for this, and it's fairly easy to use.  But it still
+  requires implementing asynchronous communication.
+
+
+## 3. BETTER VIM SCRIPT
+
+To make Vim faster a new way of defining a function needs to be added.
+While we are doing that, since the lines in this function won't be fully
+backwards compatible anyway, we can also make Vim script easier to use.
+In other words: "less weird".  Making it work more like modern
+programming languages will help.  No surprises.
+
+A good example is how in a function the arguments are prefixed with
+"a:". No other language I know does that, so let's drop it.
+
+Taking this one step further is also dropping "s:" for script-local variables;
+everything at the script level is script-local by default.  Since this is not
+backwards compatible it requires a new script style: Vim9 script!
+
+It should be possible to convert code from other languages to Vim
+script.  We can add functionality to make this easier.  This still needs
+to be discussed, but we can consider adding type checking and a simple
+form of classes.  If you look at JavaScript for example, it has gone
+through these stages over time, adding real class support and now
+TypeScript adds type checking.  But we'll have to see how much of that
+we actually want to include in Vim script.  Ideally a conversion tool
+can take Python, JavaScript or TypeScript code and convert it to Vim
+script, with only some things that cannot be converted.
+
+Vim script won't work the same as any specific language, but we can use
+mechanisms that are commonly known, ideally with the same syntax.  One
+thing I have been thinking of is assignments without ":let".  I often
+make that mistake (after writing JavaScript especially).  I think it is
+possible, if we make local variables shadow commands.  That should be OK,
+if you shadow a command you want to use, just rename the variable.
+Using "let" and "const" to declare a variable, like in JavaScript and
+TypeScript, can work:
+
+
+``` vim
+def MyFunction(arg: number): number
+   let local = 1
+   let todo = arg
+   const ADD = 88
+   while todo > 0
+      local += ADD
+      --todo
+   endwhile
+   return local
+enddef
+```
+
+The similarity with JavaScript/TypeScript can also be used for dependencies
+between files.  Vim currently uses the `:source` command, which has several
+disadvantages:
+*   In the sourced script, is not clear what it provides.  By default all
+    functions are global and can be used elsewhere.
+*   In a script that sources other scripts, it is not clear what function comes
+    from what sourced script.  Finding the implementation is a hassle.
+*   Prevention of loading the whole script twice must be manually implemented.
+
+We can use the `:import` and `:export` commands from the JavaScript standard to
+make this much better.  For example, in script "myfunction.vim" define a
+function and export it:
+
+``` vim
+vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here
+
+let local = 'local variable is not exported, script-local'
+
+export def MyFunction()  " exported function
+...
+
+def LocalFunction() " not exported, script-local
+...
+```
+
+And in another script import the function:
+
+``` vim
+vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here
+
+import MyFunction from 'myfunction.vim'
+```
+
+This looks like JavaScript/TypeScript, thus many users will understand the
+syntax.
+
+These are ideas, this will take time to design, discuss and implement.
+Eventually this will lead to Vim 9!
+
+
+## Code for sum time measurements
+
+Vim was build with -O2.
+
+``` vim
+func VimOld()
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+  return sum
+endfunc
+
+func Python()
+  py3 << END
+sum = 0
+for i in range(1, 3000000):
+  sum += i
+END
+  return py3eval('sum')
+endfunc
+
+func Lua()
+  lua << END
+    sum = 0
+    for i = 1, 2999999 do
+      sum = sum + i
+    end
+END
+  return luaeval('sum')
+endfunc
+
+def VimNew()
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+  return sum
+enddef
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimOld()
+echo 'Vim old: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo Python()
+echo 'Python: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo Lua()
+echo 'Lua: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimNew()
+echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+```
+
+## Code for indent time measurements
+
+``` vim
+def VimNew(): number
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+  return totallen
+enddef
+
+func VimOld()
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    call setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    let totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+  return totallen
+endfunc
+
+func Lua()
+  lua << END
+    b = vim.buffer()
+    totallen = 0
+    for i = 1, 100000 do
+      b[i] = "    " .. b[i]
+      totallen = totallen + string.len(b[i])
+    end
+END
+  return luaeval('totallen')
+endfunc
+
+func Python()
+  py3 << END
+cb = vim.current.buffer
+totallen = 0
+for i in range(0, 100000):
+  cb[i] = '    ' + cb[i]
+  totallen += len(cb[i])
+END
+  return py3eval('totallen')
+endfunc
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimOld()
+echo 'Vim old: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo Python()
+echo 'Python: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+ 
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo Lua()
+echo 'Lua: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimNew()
+echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+```
--- a/READMEdir/README_dos.txt
+++ b/READMEdir/README_dos.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 README_dos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.

-This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems.
+This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-Windows systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

 There are two ways to install Vim:
@@ -64,10 +64,6 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
   to another location.  That is where they will stay, the install program
   won't move or copy the runtime files.

-   Only for the 32 bit DOS version on MS-DOS without DPMI support (trying to
-   run install.exe will produce an error message): Unpack the CSDPMI4B.ZIP
-   archive and follow the instructions in the documentation.
-
 3. Change to the new directory:
 	cd vim\vim82
   Run the "install.exe" program.  It will ask you a number of questions about
@@ -121,7 +117,7 @@ Remarks:
 	set VIM=d:\editors\vim

 - If you have told the "install.exe" program to add the "Edit with Vim" menu
-  entry, you can remove it by running the "uninstal.exe".  See
+  entry, you can remove it by running the "uninstall.exe".  See
  ":help win32-popup-menu".

 - In Windows 95/98/NT you can create a shortcut to Vim.  This works for all
@@ -150,5 +146,4 @@ Remarks:

 For further information, type one of these inside Vim:
 	:help dos
-	:help msdos
 	:help win32
--- a/READMEdir/README_haiku.txt
+++ b/READMEdir/README_haiku.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+README_haiku.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+
+This file explains the installation of Vim on Haiku operating system.
+See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
+
+Preferred (and easy) way to get Vim on Haiku is to use default Haiku
+software repository HaikuPorts. To get Vim:
+
+- Open HaikuDepot application and search for "vim" package, then install,
+- Open a Terminal and type "pkgman install vim", then follow instructions.
+
+If you prefer to install Vim from source, follow the instructions on
+"runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt", "Compiling Vim" section.
--- a/READMEdir/README_srcdos.txt
+++ b/READMEdir/README_srcdos.txt
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 README_srcdos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.

 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
-See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-Windows.
 These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.zip).


-The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-DOS or
-MS-Windows.  It is packed for DOS systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the
-VisVim sources.
+The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-Windows.
+It is packed for MS-Windows systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the VisVim
+sources.

 See "src/INSTALLpc.txt" for instructions on how to compile Vim on the PC.
--- a/READMEdir/README_w32s.txt
+++ b/READMEdir/README_w32s.txt
@@ -1,15 +1,6 @@
 README_w32s.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.

-This archive contains the gvim.exe that was specifically compiled for use in
-the Win32s subsystem in MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
-
-Also see the README_bindos.txt, README_dos.txt and README.txt files.
-
-Be careful not to overwrite the Win32s gvim.exe with the another gvim.exe when
-unpacking another binary archive!  Check the output of ":version":
-	Win32s - "MS-Windows 16/32 bit GUI version"
-	 Win32 - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version"
-Win32 with OLE - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version with OLE support"
-
-For further information, type this inside Vim:
-	:help win32s
+This file used to explain the installation of Vim on MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11
+systems.  However, support for MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11 has been removed in
+patch 7.4.1364.
+See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
--- a/appveyor.yml
+++ b/appveyor.yml
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ test_script:
  - cd src/testdir
    # Testing with MSVC gvim
  - path C:\Python35-x64;%PATH%
-  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak POSTSCRIPT=yes VIMPROG=..\gvim
  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak clean
    # Testing with MingW console version
-  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak POSTSCRIPT=yes VIMPROG=..\vim

 # vim: sw=2 sts=2 et ts=8 sr
--- a/ci/config.mk.clang.sed
+++ b/ci/config.mk.clang.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=missing-field-initializers/
+/^RUBY_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unknown-attributes -Wno-error=ignored-attributes/
--- a/ci/config.mk.gcc.sed
+++ b/ci/config.mk.gcc.sed
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=maybe-uninitialized/
--- a/ci/config.mk.sed
+++ b/ci/config.mk.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Werror/
+/^PERL_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-function/
--- a/ci/if_ver-1.vim
+++ b/ci/if_ver-1.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Print all interface versions for Ubuntu. Part 1.
+
+if 1
+  execute 'source' expand('<sfile>:h') .. '/if_ver-cmd.vim'
+
+  echo "*** Interface versions ***\n"
+
+  echo 'Lua:'
+  PrintVer lua print(_VERSION)
+
+  echo 'MzScheme:'
+  PrintVer mzscheme (display (version))
+
+  echo 'Perl:'
+  PrintVer perl print $^V
+
+  echo 'Ruby:'
+  PrintVer ruby print RUBY_VERSION
+
+  echo 'Tcl:'
+  PrintVer tcl puts [info patchlevel]
+
+  echo 'Python 2:'
+  PrintVer python print sys.version
+endif
--- a/ci/if_ver-2.vim
+++ b/ci/if_ver-2.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+" Print py3 interface versions for Ubuntu. Part 2.
+
+if 1
+  execute 'source' expand('<sfile>:h') .. '/if_ver-cmd.vim'
+
+  echo 'Python 3:'
+  PrintVer python3 print(sys.version)
+endif
--- a/ci/if_ver-cmd.vim
+++ b/ci/if_ver-cmd.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+" Provide 'PrintVer' command to print the interface versions.
+
+func s:print_ver(lang, ...)
+  if has(a:lang)
+    exec a:lang join(a:000)
+  else
+    echo 'N/A'
+  endif
+  echo ''
+endfunc
+
+command -nargs=+ PrintVer call <SID>print_ver(<f-args>)
--- a/ci/load-snd-dummy.sh
+++ b/ci/load-snd-dummy.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+set -e
+
+if ! modprobe snd-dummy; then
+    # snd-dummy is contained in linux-modules-extra (if exists)
+    apt install -y "linux-modules-extra-$(uname -r)"
+    modprobe snd-dummy
+fi
--- a/nsis/README.txt
+++ b/nsis/README.txt
@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ To build the installable .exe:

 5.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
    be used (which is fine for most users).  If you do have your own
-    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim81" directory,
+    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim82" directory,
    it's the same for all Vim versions).
    You can find one in previous Vim versions or in this archive:
 		http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/diffutils.tar.gz

-6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim81"
+6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim82"
    directory).  This is required for the terminal window.

 7.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have
--- a/nsis/gvim.nsi
+++ b/nsis/gvim.nsi
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Unicode true
 # Uncomment the next line if you want to include VisVim extension:
 #!define HAVE_VIS_VIM

-# Comment the following line to create a multilanguage installer:
+# Comment the following line to create an English-only installer:
 !define HAVE_MULTI_LANG

 # Uncomment the next line if you want to create a 64-bit installer.
@@ -176,6 +176,7 @@ Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom
    !include "lang\japanese.nsi"
    !include "lang\simpchinese.nsi"
    !include "lang\tradchinese.nsi"
+    !include "lang\turkish.nsi"
 !endif

 ##########################################################
--- a/nsis/lang/turkish.nsi
+++ b/nsis/lang/turkish.nsi
@@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
 LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
    "Vim ile Aç"
 LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tıklama menüsüne ekler."
+    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tık menüsüne ekler."
    
 LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Bir konfigürasyon dosyası oluştur"
+    "Bir yapılandırma dosyası oluştur"
 LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Eğer yoksa bir konfigürasyon dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."
+    "Eğer yoksa bir yapılandırma dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."

 LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
    "Eklenti dizinleri oluştur"
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
 LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
    "Vim programını ve çalıştırma dosyalarını kaldır"
 LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Tüm Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."
+    "Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."

 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
    "Eklenti dizinlerini kaldır"
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
 LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
    "Vim kök dizinini kaldır"
 LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim konfigürasyon dosyalarını içerir!"
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim yapılandırma dosyalarını içerir!"
    
 LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
    "Yükleme başarısız oldu. Yeniden deneyin."
--- a/runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2018 Aug 20
+" Last Change:	2020 Apr 08

 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
@@ -635,3 +635,5 @@ endfunc

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: noet sw=2 sts=2
--- a/runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Mar 08
+" Last Change:	2020 Mar 30

 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ endfunc

 func dist#ft#FTmms()
  let n = 1
-  while n < 10
+  while n < 20
    let line = getline(n)
    if line =~ '^\s*\(%\|//\)' || line =~ '^\*'
      setf mmix
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ endfunc

 func dist#ft#FTmm()
  let n = 1
-  while n < 10
+  while n < 20
    let line = getline(n)
    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|/\*\)'
      setf objcpp
--- a/runtime/autoload/getscript.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/getscript.vim
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ if &cp
 endif
 if v:version < 702
 echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** this version of getscript needs vim 7.2"
+ echo "***warning*** this version of GetLatestVimScripts needs vim 7.2"
 echohl Normal
 finish
 endif
--- a/runtime/autoload/netrw.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/netrw.vim
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrw.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across
 "            AUTOLOAD SECTION
-" Date:		Nov 29, 2019
-" Version:	167
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
+" Version:	168
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ if exists("s:needspatches")
 endfor
 endif

-let g:loaded_netrw = "v167"
+let g:loaded_netrw = "v168"
 if !exists("s:NOTE")
 let s:NOTE    = 0
 let s:WARNING = 1
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ setl cpo&vim
 "   Usage: netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE | s:WARNING | s:ERROR,"some message",error-number)
 "          netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE | s:WARNING | s:ERROR,["message1","message2",...],error-number)
 "          (this function can optionally take a list of messages)
-"  Mar 21, 2017 : max errnum currently is 105
+"  Dec 2, 2019 : max errnum currently is 106
 fun! netrw#ErrorMsg(level,msg,errnum)
 "  call Dfunc("netrw#ErrorMsg(level=".a:level." msg<".a:msg."> errnum=".a:errnum.") g:netrw_use_errorwindow=".g:netrw_use_errorwindow)

@@ -447,23 +447,9 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_localmovecmd")
  let g:netrw_localmovecmd= ""
 endif
 endif
-if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
- " 1109 provides for delete(tmpdir,"d") which is what will be used
- if exists("g:netrw_local_rmdir")
-  let g:netrw_localrmdir= g:netrw_local_rmdir
-  call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE,"g:netrw_local_rmdir is deprecated in favor of g:netrw_localrmdir",86)
- endif
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-   if g:netrw_cygwin
-    call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_localrmdir","rmdir")
-   else
-    let g:netrw_localrmdir   = expand("$COMSPEC")
-    let g:netrw_localrmdiropt= " /c rmdir"
-   endif
- else
-  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_localrmdir","rmdir")
- endif
-endif
+" following serves as an example for how to insert a version&patch specific test
+"if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
+"endif
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_liststyle"  , s:THINLIST)
 " sanity checks
 if g:netrw_liststyle < 0 || g:netrw_liststyle >= s:MAXLIST
@@ -5217,8 +5203,8 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
  if a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)
   " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
 "   call Decho("remote≡0 and a:fname<".a:fname."> ".(isdirectory(a:fname)? "is a directory" : "is not a directory"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call Decho("..appears to be a local directory; using gf instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   norm! gf
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a local directory; using e ".a:fname." instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   exe "e ".a:fname
 "   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
   return
  elseif a:remote == 1 && a:fname !~ '^https\=:' && a:fname =~ '/$'
@@ -7158,17 +7144,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileCopy(islocal,...)
 "      call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFileCopy : lcd failure")
      return
     endif
-     if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
-      call s:NetrwExe("sil !".g:netrw_localrmdir.g:netrw_localrmdiropt." ".s:ShellEscape(tmpdir,1))
-      if v:shell_error != 0
-       call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"consider setting g:netrw_localrmdir<".g:netrw_localrmdir."> to something that works",80)
-" "      call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFileCopy : failed: sil !".g:netrw_localrmdir." ".s:ShellEscape(tmpdir,1) )
-       return
-      endif
-     else
-      if delete(tmpdir,"d")
-       call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to delete directory <".tmpdir.">!",103)
-      endif
+     if delete(tmpdir,"d")
+      call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to delete directory <".tmpdir.">!",103)
     endif
    else
     if s:NetrwLcd(curdir)
@@ -9587,6 +9564,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
 "   call Decho("setl ma noro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   let b:netrw_cpf= 0
   if line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
+    " determine the maximum filename size; use that to set cpf
    exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./if virtcol("$") > b:netrw_cpf|let b:netrw_cpf= virtcol("$")|endif'
    NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
   else
@@ -9594,6 +9572,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
 "    call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
    return
   endif
+   " allow for two spaces to separate columns
   let b:netrw_cpf= b:netrw_cpf + 2
 "   call Decho("b:netrw_cpf=max_filename_length+2=".b:netrw_cpf,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

@@ -9621,10 +9600,11 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    if newcolend > line("$") | let newcolend= line("$") | endif
    let newcolqty= newcolend - newcolstart
    exe newcolstart
+    " COMBAK: both of the visual-mode using lines below are problematic vis-a-vis @*
    if newcolqty == 0
     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$h\"ax".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$\"ap"
    else
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$h\"ax'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$\"ap'
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$h"ax'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$"ap'
    endif
    exe "sil! NetrwKeepj ".newcolstart.','.newcolend.'d _'
    exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt
@@ -11048,9 +11028,10 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
 "  call Dfunc("NetrwLocalRename(path<".a:path.">)")

  " preparation for removing multiple files/directories
-  let ykeep    = @@
-  let ctr      = a:firstline
-  let svpos    = winsaveview()
+  let ykeep     = @@
+  let ctr       = a:firstline
+  let svpos     = winsaveview()
+  let all       = 0
 "  call Decho("saving posn to svpos<".string(svpos).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

  " rename files given by the markfilelist
@@ -11078,6 +11059,23 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
      let newname = substitute(oldname,subfrom,subto,'')
     endif
    endif
+    if !all && filereadable(newname)
+     call inputsave()
+      let response= input("File<".newname."> already exists; do you want to overwrite it? (y/all/n) ")
+     call inputrestore()
+     if response == "all"
+      let all= 1
+     elseif response != "y" && response != "yes"
+      " refresh the directory
+"      call Decho("refresh the directory listing",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwRefresh(1,s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))
+"      call Decho("restoring posn to svpos<".string(svpos).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      NetrwKeepj call winrestview(svpos)
+      let @@= ykeep
+"      call Dret("NetrwLocalRename")
+      return
+     endif
+    endif
    call rename(oldname,newname)
   endfor
   call s:NetrwUnmarkList(bufnr("%"),b:netrw_curdir)
@@ -11101,14 +11099,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range

    NetrwKeepj norm! 0
    let oldname= s:ComposePath(a:path,curword)
-"   call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

    call inputsave()
    let newname= input("Moving ".oldname." to : ",substitute(oldname,'/*$','','e'))
    call inputrestore()

    call rename(oldname,newname)
-"   call Decho("renaming <".oldname."> to <".newname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("renaming <".oldname."> to <".newname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

    let ctr= ctr + 1
   endwhile
@@ -11896,6 +11894,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwExe(cmd)
 "   call Decho("exe ".a:cmd,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   exe a:cmd
  endif
+  if v:shell_error
+   call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"shell signalled an error",106)
+  endif
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwExe : v:shell_error=".v:shell_error)
 endfun

--- a/runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
 " Date:		Nov 09, 2016
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " Version:	16
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
--- a/runtime/autoload/tar.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/tar.vim
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Apr 17, 2013
-" Version:		29
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
-" License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
+" Version:	32
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
+" License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v29"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v32"
 if v:version < 702
 echohl WarningMsg
 echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
 let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
+if !exists("g:tar_delfile")
+ let g:tar_delfile="--delete -f"
+endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
 if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
@@ -109,6 +112,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
  " sanity checks
  if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
   redraw!
+"   call Decho('***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system')
   echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
   let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse")
@@ -119,6 +123,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   if a:tarfile !~# '^\a\+://'
    " if it's an url, don't complain, let url-handlers such as vim do its thing
    redraw!
+"    call Decho("***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">")
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">" | echohl None
   endif
   let &report= repkeep
@@ -152,12 +157,27 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   " assuming cygwin
   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
  endif
-
  let curlast= line("$")
-  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-    let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
+
+  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
 "   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "sil! r! " . gzip_command . " -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(tgz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tbz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(txz\)$'
+   if has("unix") && executable("file")
+    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1)) =~ "bzip2"
+   else
+    let filekind= ""
+   endif
+
+   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   else
+    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   endif
+
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
 "   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
@@ -184,7 +204,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
   return
  endif
-  if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~ '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
+  if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~# '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
   redraw!
   echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
   keepj sil! %d
@@ -197,8 +217,13 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   return
  endif

+  " set up maps supported for tar
  setlocal noma nomod ro
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	<cr>		:call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	x	 	:call tar#Extract()<cr>       
+  if &mouse != ""
+   noremap <silent> <buffer>	<leftmouse>	<leftmouse>:call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  endif

  let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("tar#Browse : b:tarfile<".b:tarfile.">")
@@ -235,7 +260,8 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
  endif

-  new
+  " open a new window (tar#Read will read a file into it)
+  noswapfile new
  if !exists("g:tar_nomax") || g:tar_nomax == 0
   wincmd _
  endif
@@ -267,7 +293,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
  if  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
   let decmp= "|bzcat"
   let doro = 1
-  elseif      fname =~ '\.gz$'  && executable("zcat")
+  elseif      fname =~ '\.t\=gz$'  && executable("zcat")
   let decmp= "|zcat"
   let doro = 1
  elseif  fname =~ '\.lzma$' && executable("lzcat")
@@ -291,20 +317,29 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
  endif

  if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-    let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-"   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1))
-   exe "sil! r! " . gzip_command . " -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\(\.tgz\|\.tbz\|\.txz\)'
+   if has("unix") && executable("file")
+    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1))
+   else
+    let filekind= ""
+   endif
+   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   else
+    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   endif
+
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
-"   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! lzma -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
-"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
  else
   if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
@@ -348,13 +383,14 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
  " sanity checks
  if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
   redraw!
-   echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
+"   call Decho('***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system')
   let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
   return
  endif
  if !exists("*mkdir")
   redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system")
   echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system" | echohl None
   let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
@@ -375,6 +411,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   exe "cd ".fnameescape(tmpdir)
  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E344/
   redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory")
   echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory" | Echohl None
   let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
@@ -393,8 +430,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
  let tarfile = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
  let fname   = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')

-  let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-
  " handle compressed archives
  if tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
   call system("bzip2 -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
@@ -402,12 +437,12 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   let compress= "bzip2 -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.gz'
-   call system(gzip_command . " -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.gz','','e')
   let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.tgz'
-   call system(gzip_command . " -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.tgz','.tar','e')
   let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
   let tgz     = 1
@@ -427,6 +462,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)

  if v:shell_error != 0
   redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname)
   echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
  else

@@ -459,10 +495,11 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   endif
 
   " delete old file from tarfile
-"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
-   call system(g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
+"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
+   call system(g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
+"    call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname))
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
   else
 
@@ -471,6 +508,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
    if v:shell_error != 0
     redraw!
+"     call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname))
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
    elseif exists("compress")
 "     call Decho("call system(".compress.")")
@@ -486,11 +524,11 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   if s:tblfile_{winnr()} =~ '^\a\+://'
 "    call Decho("handle writing <".tarfile."> across network to <".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
    let tblfile= s:tblfile_{winnr()}
-    1split|enew
+    1split|noswapfile enew
    let binkeep= &l:binary
    let eikeep = &ei
    set binary ei=all
-    exe "e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
+    exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
    call netrw#NetWrite(tblfile)
    let &ei       = eikeep
    let &l:binary = binkeep
@@ -524,7 +562,7 @@ fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
   " sets up b:tardiff_otherbuf variables so each buffer knows about the other (for closing purposes)
   diffthis
   wincmd v
-   exe "e ".fnameescape(fname)
+   exe "noswapfile e ".fnameescape(fname)
   diffthis
  else
   redraw!
@@ -533,6 +571,119 @@ fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
 "  call Dret("tar#Diff")
 endfun

+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" tar#Extract: extract a file from a (possibly compressed) tar archive {{{2
+fun! tar#Extract()
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Extract()")
+
+  let repkeep= &report
+  set report=10
+  let fname= getline(".")
+"  call Decho("fname<".fname.">")
+
+  if !exists("g:tar_secure") && fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
+   redraw!
+   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
+"   call Dret('tar#BrowseSelect : rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"')
+   return
+  endif
+
+  " sanity check
+  if fname =~ '^"'
+   let &report= repkeep
+"   call Dret("TarBrowseSelect")
+   return
+  endif
+
+  let tarball = expand("%")
+"  call Decho("tarball<".tarball.">")
+  let tarbase = substitute(tarball,'\..*$','','')
+"  call Decho("tarbase<".tarbase.">")
+
+  let extractcmd= netrw#WinPath(g:tar_extractcmd)
+  if filereadable(tarbase.".tar")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tgz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tgz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."t ".tarbase.".tgz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.gz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.gz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.gz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tbz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tbz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tbz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.bz2")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz2 ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz2 ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".txz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".txz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".txz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.xz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.xz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.xz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+  endif
+
+  " restore option
+  let &report= repkeep
+
+"  call Dret("tar#Extract")
+endfun
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)
@@ -587,10 +738,7 @@ fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)

  " if necessary, decompress the tarball; then, extract it
  if tartail =~ '\.tgz'
-   let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-   if executable(gzip_command)
-    silent exe "!" . gzip_command . " -d ".shellescape(tartail)
-   elseif executable("gunzip")
+   if executable("gunzip")
    silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(tartail)
   elseif executable("gzip")
    silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(tartail)
@@ -628,28 +776,6 @@ fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
 "  call Dret("tar#Vimuntar")
 endfun

-func s:get_gzip_command(file)
-  " Try using the "file" command to get the actual compression type, since
-  " there is no standard way for the naming: ".tgz", ".tbz", ".txz", etc.
-  " If the "file" command doesn't work fall back to just using the file name.
-  if a:file =~# 'z$'
-    let filetype = system('file ' . a:file)
-    if filetype =~ 'bzip2 compressed' && executable('bzip2')
-      return 'bzip2'
-    endif
-    if filetype =~ 'XZ compressed' && executable('xz')
-      return 'xz'
-    endif
-  endif
-  if a:file =~# 'bz2$'
-    return 'bzip2'
-  endif
-  if a:file =~# 'xz$'
-    return 'xz'
-  endif
-  return 'gzip'
-endfunc
-
 " =====================================================================
 " Modelines And Restoration: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
--- a/runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for formatting XML
-" Last Change: 2019 Oct 24
-"     Version: 0.2
+" Last Change: 2020 Jan 06
+"     Version: 0.3
 "      Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 "  Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 "     License: VIM License
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ let s:keepcpo       = &cpo
 set cpo&vim

 " Main function: Format the input {{{1
-func! xmlformat#Format()
+func! xmlformat#Format() abort
  " only allow reformatting through the gq command
  " (e.g. Vim is in normal mode)
  if mode() != 'n'
@@ -40,14 +40,16 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
      continue
    elseif line !~# '<[/]\?[^>]*>'
      let nextmatch = match(list, '<[/]\?[^>]*>', current)
-      let line .= join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], "\n")
-      call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+      if nextmatch > -1 
+        let line .= ' '. join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], " ")
+        call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+      endif
    endif
    " split on `>`, but don't split on very first opening <
    " this means, items can be like ['<tag>', 'tag content</tag>']
    for item in split(line, '.\@<=[>]\zs')
      if s:EndTag(item)
-        let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+        call s:DecreaseIndent()
        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
      elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
@@ -59,13 +61,23 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
          " Simply split on '<', if there is one,
          " but reformat according to &textwidth
          let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
+
+          " if the content fits well within a single line, add it there
+          " so that the output looks like this:
+          "
+          " <foobar>1</foobar>
+          if s:TagContent(lastitem) is# s:TagContent(t[1]) && strlen(result[-1]) + strlen(item) <= s:Textwidth()
+            let result[-1] .= item
+            let lastitem = t[1]
+            continue
+          endif
          " t should only contain 2 items, but just be safe here
          if s:IsTag(lastitem)
            let s:indent+=1
          endif
          let result+=s:FormatContent([t[0]])
          if s:EndTag(t[1])
-            let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+            call s:DecreaseIndent()
          endif
          "for y in t[1:]
            let result+=s:FormatContent(t[1:])
@@ -97,15 +109,15 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
  return 0
 endfunc
 " Check if given tag is XML Declaration header {{{1
-func! s:IsXMLDecl(tag)
+func! s:IsXMLDecl(tag) abort
  return a:tag =~? '^\s*<?xml\s\?\%(version="[^"]*"\)\?\s\?\%(encoding="[^"]*"\)\? ?>\s*$'
 endfunc
 " Return tag indented by current level {{{1
-func! s:Indent(item)
+func! s:Indent(item) abort
  return repeat(' ', shiftwidth()*s:indent). s:Trim(a:item)
 endfu
 " Return item trimmed from leading whitespace {{{1
-func! s:Trim(item)
+func! s:Trim(item) abort
  if exists('*trim')
    return trim(a:item)
  else
@@ -113,44 +125,53 @@ func! s:Trim(item)
  endif
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a new opening tag <tag> {{{1
-func! s:StartTag(tag)
+func! s:StartTag(tag) abort
  let is_comment = s:IsComment(a:tag)
  return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]' && !is_comment
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a Comment start {{{1
-func! s:IsComment(tag)
+func! s:IsComment(tag) abort
  return a:tag =~? '<!--'
 endfunc
 " Remove one level of indentation {{{1
-func! s:DecreaseIndent()
-  return (s:indent > 0 ? s:indent - 1 : 0)
+func! s:DecreaseIndent() abort
+  let s:indent = (s:indent > 0 ? s:indent - 1 : 0)
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a closing tag </tag> {{{1
-func! s:EndTag(tag)
+func! s:EndTag(tag) abort
  return a:tag =~? '^\s*</'
 endfunc
 " Check that the tag is actually a tag and not {{{1
 " something like "foobar</foobar>"
-func! s:IsTag(tag)
+func! s:IsTag(tag) abort
  return s:Trim(a:tag)[0] == '<'
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is empty <tag/> {{{1
-func! s:EmptyTag(tag)
+func! s:EmptyTag(tag) abort
  return a:tag =~ '/>\s*$'
 endfunc
+func! s:TagContent(tag) abort "{{{1
+  " Return content of a tag
+  return substitute(a:tag, '^\s*<[/]\?\([^>]*\)>\s*$', '\1', '')
+endfunc
+func! s:Textwidth() abort "{{{1
+  " return textwidth (or 80 if not set)
+  return &textwidth == 0 ? 80 : &textwidth
+endfunc
 " Format input line according to textwidth {{{1
-func! s:FormatContent(list)
+func! s:FormatContent(list) abort
  let result=[]
-  let limit = 80
-  if &textwidth > 0
-    let limit = &textwidth
-  endif
+  let limit = s:Textwidth()
  let column=0
  let idx = -1
  let add_indent = 0
  let cnt = 0
  for item in a:list
    for word in split(item, '\s\+\S\+\zs') 
+      if match(word, '^\s\+$') > -1
+        " skip empty words
+        continue
+      endif
      let column += strdisplaywidth(word, column)
      if match(word, "^\\s*\n\\+\\s*$") > -1
        call add(result, '')
--- a/runtime/autoload/zip.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/zip.vim
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Sep 13, 2016
-" Version:	28
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
+" Version:	30
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v28"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v30"
 if v:version < 702
 echohl WarningMsg
 echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2 or later"
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
  " sanity check: ensure that the zipfile has "PK" as its first two letters
  "               (zipped files have a leading PK as a "magic cookie")
  if !filereadable(a:zipfile) || readfile(a:zipfile, "", 1)[0] !~ '^PK'
-   exe "noautocmd e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
+   exe "noswapfile noautocmd noswapfile e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
 "   call Dret("zip#Browse : not a zipfile<".a:zipfile.">")
   return
 "  else        " Decho
@@ -141,8 +141,11 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)

  " Maps associated with zip plugin
  setlocal noma nomod ro
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr>	:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> x		:call zip#Extract()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	<cr>		:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	x		:call zip#Extract()<cr>
+  if &mouse != ""
+   noremap <silent> <buffer>	<leftmouse>	<leftmouse>:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  endif

  let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("zip#Browse")
@@ -175,17 +178,17 @@ fun! s:ZipBrowseSelect()

  " get zipfile to the new-window
  let zipfile = b:zipfile
-  let curfile= expand("%")
+  let curfile = expand("%")
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")

-  new
+  noswapfile new
  if !exists("g:zip_nomax") || g:zip_nomax == 0
   wincmd _
  endif
  let s:zipfile_{winnr()}= curfile
 "  call Decho("exe e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname))
-  exe "e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname)
+  exe "noswapfile e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname)
  filetype detect

  let &report= repkeep
@@ -339,7 +342,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
   let binkeep= &binary
   let eikeep = &ei
   set binary ei=all
-   exe "e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
+   exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
   call netrw#NetWrite(netzipfile)
   let &ei     = eikeep
   let &binary = binkeep
--- a/runtime/compiler/eslint.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/eslint.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:    ESLint for JavaScript
+" Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "eslint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=eslint\ --format\ compact
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#
--- a/runtime/compiler/standard.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/standard.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:    Standard for JavaScript
+" Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "standard"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=standard
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#
--- a/runtime/doc/Makefile
+++ b/runtime/doc/Makefile
@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	os_amiga.txt \
 	os_beos.txt \
 	os_dos.txt \
+	os_haiku.txt \
 	os_mac.txt \
 	os_mint.txt \
 	os_msdos.txt \
@@ -149,6 +150,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version7.txt \
 	version8.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
+	vim9.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
 	workshop.txt
@@ -203,6 +205,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	os_amiga.html \
 	os_beos.html \
 	os_dos.html \
+	os_haiku.html \
 	os_mac.html \
 	os_mint.html \
 	os_msdos.html \
@@ -289,6 +292,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version8.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
+	vim9.html \
 	visual.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html
@@ -323,10 +327,7 @@ all: tags vim.man evim.man vimdiff.man vimtutor.man xxd.man $(CONVERTED)
 # Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
 # compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
 vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	@if command -v $(VIMEXE); then \
-	    $(VIMEXE) --clean -eX -u doctags.vim >/dev/null && \
-	      echo "help tags updated"; \
-	  else echo "vim executable $(VIMEXE) not found; help tags not updated"; fi
+	@$(VIMEXE) --clean -esX -V1 -u doctags.vim

 # Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
 tags: doctags $(DOCS)
@@ -423,6 +424,9 @@ os_beos.txt:
 os_dos.txt:
 	touch os_dos.txt

+os_haiku.txt:
+	touch os_haiku.txt
+
 os_mac.txt:
 	touch os_mac.txt

--- a/runtime/doc/autocmd.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/autocmd.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 17
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -374,7 +374,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~

 |MenuPopup|		just before showing the popup menu
 |CompleteChanged|	after Insert mode completion menu changed
-|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done
+|CompleteDonePre|	after Insert mode completion is done, before clearing
+			info
+|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done, after clearing
+			info

 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"

@@ -589,8 +592,8 @@ ColorSchemePre			Before loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				After each time the Insert mode completion
 				menu changed.  Not fired on popup menu hide,
-				use |CompleteDone| for that.  Never triggered
-				recursively.
+				use |CompleteDonePre| or |CompleteDone| for
+				that.  Never triggered recursively.

 				Sets these |v:event| keys:
 				    completed_item	See |complete-items|.
@@ -606,10 +609,22 @@ CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				The size and position of the popup are also
 				available by calling |pum_getpos()|.

+							*CompleteDonePre*
+CompleteDonePre			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
+				when something was completed or abandoning
+				completion. |ins-completion|
+				|complete_info()| can be used, the info is
+				cleared after triggering CompleteDonePre.
+				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
+				information about the completed item.
+
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 				when something was completed or abandoning
 				completion. |ins-completion|
+				|complete_info()| cannot be used, the info is
+				cleared before triggering CompleteDone.  Use
+				CompleteDonePre if you need it.
 				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
 				information about the completed item.

--- a/runtime/doc/change.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/change.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Sep 28
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ gR			Enter Virtual Replace mode: Each character you type
 			start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|).

 							*v_r*
-{Visual}["x]r{char}	Replace all selected characters by {char}.
+{Visual}r{char}		Replace all selected characters by {char}.

 							*v_C*
 {Visual}["x]C		Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and
@@ -636,6 +636,8 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			|cmdline-ranges|.

 			See |:s_flags| for [flags].
+			The delimiter doesn't need to be /, see
+			|pattern-delimiter|.

 :[range]s[ubstitute] [flags] [count]
 :[range]&[&][flags] [count]					*:&*
@@ -775,7 +777,7 @@ This deletes "TESTING" from all lines, but only one per line.
 For compatibility with Vi these two exceptions are allowed:
 "\/{string}/" and "\?{string}?" do the same as "//{string}/r".
 "\&{string}&" does the same as "//{string}/".
-							*E146*
+						*pattern-delimiter* *E146*
 Instead of the '/' which surrounds the pattern and replacement string, you
 can use any other single-byte character, but not an alphanumeric character,
 '\', '"' or '|'.  This is useful if you want to include a '/' in the search
@@ -994,9 +996,9 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 5. Copying and moving text				*copy-move*

 							*quote*
-"{a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"}	Use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next delete, yank
-			or put (use uppercase character to append with
-			delete and yank) ({.%#:} only work with put).
+"{register}		Use {register} for next delete, yank or put.  Use
+			an uppercase character to append with delete and yank.
+			Registers ".", "%", "#" and ":" only work with put.

 							*:reg* *:registers*
 :reg[isters]		Display the type and contents of all numbered and
@@ -1456,7 +1458,7 @@ text.  Put it in your autoload directory, e.g. ~/.vim/autoload/format.vim: >
  func! format#Format()
    " only reformat on explicit gq command
    if mode() != 'n'
-      " fall back to Vims internal reformatting
+      " fall back to Vim's internal reformatting
      return 1
    endif
    let lines = getline(v:lnum, v:lnum + v:count - 1)
--- a/runtime/doc/channel.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/channel.txt
@@ -120,6 +120,9 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.

 {address} has the form "hostname:port".  E.g., "localhost:8765".

+When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
+"[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+
 {options} is a dictionary with optional entries:	*channel-open-options*

 "mode" can be:						*channel-mode*
@@ -621,6 +624,9 @@ ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		{address} has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
 		"localhost:8765".

+		When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.
+		E.g., "[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+
 		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
 		See |channel-open-options|.

--- a/runtime/doc/cmdline.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/cmdline.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 17
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -476,6 +476,10 @@ emulate it.  For example, this mimics autolist=ambiguous:
 This will find the longest match with the first 'wildchar', then list all
 matching files with the next.

+					*complete-script-local-functions*
+When completing user function names, prepend "s:" to find script-local
+functions.
+
 							*suffixes*
 For file name completion you can use the 'suffixes' option to set a priority
 between files with almost the same name.  If there are multiple matches,
@@ -586,6 +590,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
    :command
    :cscope
    :debug
+    :eval
    :folddoopen
    :folddoclosed
    :function
@@ -610,6 +615,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
    :tcl
    :tcldo
    :tclfile
+    :terminal
    :vglobal
    :windo
    :write !
@@ -933,8 +939,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		directory.
 	:.	Reduce file name to be relative to current directory, if
 		possible.  File name is unmodified if it is not below the
-		current directory, but on MS-Windows the drive is removed if
-		it is the current drive.
+		current directory.
 		For maximum shortness, use ":~:.".
 	:h	Head of the file name (the last component and any separators
 		removed).  Cannot be used with :e, :r or :t.
--- a/runtime/doc/debugger.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/debugger.txt
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ other settings apply.

 The debugger features were added for use with Sun's Visual WorkShop Integrated
 Programming Environment (ipe).  However, they were done in as generic a manner
-as possible so that integration with other debuggers could also these
+as possible so that integration with other debuggers could also use these
 features.

 The following compile time preprocessor variables control the features:
--- a/runtime/doc/develop.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/develop.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 13


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -151,7 +151,8 @@ VIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
  A satirical way to say this: "Unlike Emacs, Vim does not attempt to include
  everything but the kitchen sink, but some people say that you can clean one
  with it.  ;-)"
-  To use Vim with gdb see: http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
+  To use Vim with gdb see |terminal-debugger|.  Other (older) tools can be
+  found at http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
 - Vim is not a fancy GUI editor that tries to look nice at the cost of
  being less consistent over all platforms.  But functional GUI features are
  welcomed.
--- a/runtime/doc/doctags.vim
+++ b/runtime/doc/doctags.vim
@@ -2,5 +2,12 @@
 "
 " Usage: vim -eX -u doctags.vim

-helptags ++t .
+try
+  helptags ++t .
+  echo 'help tags updated'
+catch
+  echo v:exception
+  echo 'help tags failed update'
+endtry
+echo ''
 qa!
--- a/runtime/doc/editing.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/editing.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 22
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 12


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -475,6 +475,9 @@ This edits the same file again with 'fileformat' set to "unix". >
 	:w ++enc=latin1 newfile
 This writes the current buffer to "newfile" in latin1 format.

+The message given when writing a file will show "[converted]" when
+'fileencoding' or the value specified with ++enc differs from 'encoding'.
+
 There may be several ++opt arguments, separated by white space.  They must all
 appear before any |+cmd| argument.

@@ -1079,9 +1082,9 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.

 							*:q* *:quit*
 :q[uit]			Quit the current window.  Quit Vim if this is the last
-			window.  This fails when changes have been made and
-			Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and when
-			the last file in the argument list has not been
+			|edit-window|.  This fails when changes have been made
+			and Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and
+			when the last file in the argument list has not been
 			edited.
 			If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
 			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
@@ -1107,18 +1110,22 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			|quickfix|).

 							*:wq*
-:wq [++opt]		Write the current file and quit.  Writing fails when
-			the file is read-only or the buffer does not have a
-			name.  Quitting fails when the last file in the
-			argument list has not been edited.
+:wq [++opt]		Write the current file and close the window.  If this
+			was the last |edit-window| Vim quits.
+			Writing fails when the file is read-only or the buffer
+			does not have a name.  Quitting fails when the last
+			file in the argument list has not been edited.

-:wq! [++opt]		Write the current file and quit.  Writing fails when
-			the current buffer does not have a name.
+:wq! [++opt]		Write the current file and close the window.  If this
+			was the last |edit-window| Vim quits.  Writing fails
+			when the current buffer does not have a name.

-:wq [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and quit.  Quitting fails when the
+:wq [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and close the window.  If this was the
+			last |edit-window| Vim quits.  Quitting fails when the
 			last file in the argument list has not been edited.

-:wq! [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and quit.
+:wq! [++opt] {file}	Write to {file} and close the current window.  Quit
+			Vim if this was the last |edit-window|.

 :[range]wq[!] [++opt] [file]
 			Same as above, but only write the lines in [range].
@@ -1135,10 +1142,10 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			Same as :xit.

 							*ZZ*
-ZZ			Write current file, if modified, and quit (same as
-			":x").  (Note: If there are several windows for the
-			current file, the file is written if it was modified
-			and the window is closed).
+ZZ			Write current file, if modified, and close the current
+			window (same as ":x").
+			If there are several windows for the current file,
+			only the current window is closed.

 							*ZQ*
 ZQ			Quit without checking for changes (same as ":q!").
--- a/runtime/doc/eval.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/eval.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 17
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 25


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@ Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time.  If this has been
 done, the features in this document are not available.  See |+eval| and
 |no-eval-feature|.

+This file is about the backwards compatible Vim script.  For Vim9 script,
+which executes much faster, supports type checking and much more, see
+|vim9.txt|.
+
 1.  Variables			|variables|
    1.1 Variable types
    1.2 Function references		|Funcref|
@@ -44,8 +48,7 @@ There are ten types of variables:

 							*Number* *Integer*
 Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number|
-		64-bit Numbers are available only when compiled with the
-		|+num64| feature.
+		The number of bits is available in |v:numbersize|.
 		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177  0b1011

 Float		A floating point number. |floating-point-format| *Float*
@@ -581,6 +584,8 @@ adict.
 Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: >
 	:call filter(dict, 'v:val =~ "x"')
 This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
+This can also be used to remove all entries: >
+	call filter(dict, 0)


 Dictionary function ~
@@ -1482,7 +1487,7 @@ the function returns: >
 	:echo Bar(6)
 <	5

-Note that the variables must exist in the outer scope before the lamba is
+Note that the variables must exist in the outer scope before the lambda is
 defined for this to work.  See also |:func-closure|.

 Lambda and closure support can be checked with: >
@@ -1804,10 +1809,14 @@ v:errors	Errors found by assert functions, such as |assert_true()|.

 					*v:event* *event-variable*
 v:event		Dictionary containing information about the current
-		|autocommand|.  The dictionary is emptied when the |autocommand|
-		finishes, please refer to |dict-identity| for how to get an
-		independent copy of it.
-
+		|autocommand|.  See the specific event for what it puts in
+		this dictionary.
+		The dictionary is emptied when the |autocommand| finishes,
+		please refer to |dict-identity| for how to get an independent
+		copy of it.  Use |deepcopy()| if you want to keep the
+		information after the event triggers.  Example: >
+			au TextYankPost * let g:foo = deepcopy(v:event)
+<
 					*v:exception* *exception-variable*
 v:exception	The value of the exception most recently caught and not
 		finished.  See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
@@ -1985,6 +1994,10 @@ v:null		An empty String. Used to put "null" in JSON.  See
 		That is so that eval() can parse the string back to the same
 		value.  Read-only.

+					*v:numbersize* *numbersize-variable*
+v:numbersize	Number of bits in a Number.  This is normally 64, but on some
+		systems it may be 32.
+
 					*v:oldfiles* *oldfiles-variable*
 v:oldfiles	List of file names that is loaded from the |viminfo| file on
 		startup.  These are the files that Vim remembers marks for.
@@ -2408,6 +2421,7 @@ deletebufline({expr}, {first} [, {last}])
 did_filetype()			Number	|TRUE| if FileType autocmd event used
 diff_filler({lnum})		Number	diff filler lines about {lnum}
 diff_hlID({lnum}, {col})	Number	diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
+echoraw({expr})			none	output {expr} as-is
 empty({expr})			Number	|TRUE| if {expr} is empty
 environ()			Dict	return environment variables
 escape({string}, {chars})	String	escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
@@ -2505,15 +2519,15 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 glob2regpat({expr})		String	convert a glob pat into a search pat
 globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				String	do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
-has({feature})			Number	|TRUE| if feature {feature} supported
+has({feature} [, {check}])	Number	|TRUE| if feature {feature} supported
 has_key({dict}, {key})		Number	|TRUE| if {dict} has entry {key}
 haslocaldir([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 				Number	|TRUE| if the window executed |:lcd|
 					or |:tcd|
 hasmapto({what} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				Number	|TRUE| if mapping to {what} exists
-histadd({history}, {item})	String	add an item to a history
-histdel({history} [, {item}])	String	remove an item from a history
+histadd({history}, {item})	Number	add an item to a history
+histdel({history} [, {item}])	Number	remove an item from a history
 histget({history} [, {index}])	String	get the item {index} from a history
 histnr({history})		Number	highest index of a history
 hlexists({name})		Number	|TRUE| if highlight group {name} exists
@@ -2574,6 +2588,8 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
 					rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
 mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				String	check for mappings matching {name}
+mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})
+				none	restore mapping from |maparg()| result
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} matches in {expr}
 matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
@@ -2591,6 +2607,7 @@ matchstr({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				List	{count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
 max({expr})			Number	maximum value of items in {expr}
+menu_info({name} [, {mode}])	Dict	get menu item information
 min({expr})			Number	minimum value of items in {expr}
 mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 				Number	create directory {name}
@@ -2614,6 +2631,8 @@ popup_findpreview()		Number	get window ID of preview popup window
 popup_getoptions({id})		Dict	get options of popup window {id}
 popup_getpos({id})		Dict	get position of popup window {id}
 popup_hide({id})		none	hide popup menu {id}
+popup_list()			List	get a list of window IDs of al popups
+popup_locate({row}, {col})	Number 	get window ID of popup at position
 popup_menu({what}, {options})	Number	create a popup window used as a menu
 popup_move({id}, {options})	none	set position of popup window {id}
 popup_notification({what}, {options})
@@ -2633,7 +2652,7 @@ prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])
 				none	remove all text properties
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
 				Dict	search for a text property
-prop_list({lnum} [, {props})	List	text properties in {lnum}
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])	List	text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 				Number	remove a text property
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})	none	define a new property type
@@ -2641,7 +2660,7 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})
 				none	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])
 				none	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])
 				Dict	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])	List	get list of property types
 pum_getpos()			Dict	position and size of pum if visible
@@ -2850,16 +2869,20 @@ test_ignore_error({expr})	none	ignore a specific error
 test_null_blob()		Blob	null value for testing
 test_null_channel()		Channel	null value for testing
 test_null_dict()		Dict	null value for testing
+test_null_function()		Funcref	null value for testing
 test_null_job()			Job	null value for testing
 test_null_list()		List	null value for testing
 test_null_partial()		Funcref	null value for testing
 test_null_string()		String	null value for testing
+test_unknown()			any	unknown value for testing
+test_void()			any	void value for testing
 test_option_not_set({name})	none	reset flag indicating option was set
 test_override({expr}, {val})	none	test with Vim internal overrides
 test_refcount({expr})		Number	get the reference count of {expr}
 test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})
 				none	scroll in the GUI for testing
 test_setmouse({row}, {col})	none	set the mouse position for testing
+test_srand_seed([seed])		none	set seed for testing srand()
 test_settime({expr})		none	set current time for testing
 timer_info([{id}])		List	information about timers
 timer_pause({id}, {pause})	none	pause or unpause a timer
@@ -2886,6 +2909,7 @@ win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])
 				String	execute {command} in window {id}
 win_findbuf({bufnr})		List	find windows containing {bufnr}
 win_getid([{win} [, {tab}]])	Number	get window ID for {win} in {tab}
+win_gettype([{nr}])		String	type of window {nr}
 win_gotoid({expr})		Number	go to window with ID {expr}
 win_id2tabwin({expr})		List	get tab and window nr from window ID
 win_id2win({expr})		Number	get window nr from window ID
@@ -2894,6 +2918,7 @@ win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])
 				Number	move window {nr} to split of {target}
 winbufnr({nr})			Number	buffer number of window {nr}
 wincol()			Number	window column of the cursor
+windowsversion()		String	MS-Windows OS version
 winheight({nr})			Number	height of window {nr}
 winlayout([{tabnr}])		List	layout of windows in tab {tabnr}
 winline()			Number	window line of the cursor
@@ -3032,7 +3057,7 @@ arglistid([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 		{winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.

 							*argv()*
-argv([{nr} [, {winid}])
+argv([{nr} [, {winid}]])
 		The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list.  See
 		|arglist|.  "argv(0)" is the first one.  Example: >
 	:let i = 0
@@ -3047,10 +3072,6 @@ argv([{nr} [, {winid}])
 		The {winid} argument specifies the window ID, see |argc()|.
 		For the Vim command line arguments see |v:argv|.

-
-assert_ functions are documented here: |assert-functions-details|
-
-
 asin({expr})						*asin()*
 		Return the arc sine of {expr} measured in radians, as a |Float|
 		in the range of [-pi/2, pi/2].
@@ -3068,6 +3089,10 @@ asin({expr})						*asin()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}


+assert_ functions are documented here: |assert-functions-details|
+
+
+
 atan({expr})						*atan()*
 		Return the principal value of the arc tangent of {expr}, in
 		the range [-pi/2, +pi/2] radians, as a |Float|.
@@ -3451,6 +3476,7 @@ chdir({dir})						*chdir()*
 			  directory (|:tcd|) then changes the tabpage local
 			  directory.
 			- Otherwise, changes the global directory.
+		{dir} must be a String.
 		If successful, returns the previous working directory.  Pass
 		this to another chdir() to restore the directory.
 		On failure, returns an empty string.
@@ -3935,13 +3961,17 @@ diff_hlID({lnum}, {col})				*diff_hlID()*

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->diff_hlID(col)
-environ()						*environ()*
-		Return all of environment variables as dictionary. You can
-		check if an environment variable exists like this: >
-			:echo has_key(environ(), 'HOME')
-<		Note that the variable name may be CamelCase; to ignore case
-		use this: >
-			:echo index(keys(environ()), 'HOME', 0, 1) != -1
+
+
+echoraw({expr})						*echoraw()*
+		Output {expr} as-is, including unprintable characters.  This
+		can be used to output a terminal code. For example, to disable
+		modifyOtherKeys: >
+			call echoraw(&t_TE)
+<		and to enable it again: >
+			call echoraw(&t_TI)
+<		Use with care, you can mess up the terminal this way.
+

 empty({expr})						*empty()*
 		Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
@@ -3960,6 +3990,14 @@ empty({expr})						*empty()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->empty()

+environ()						*environ()*
+		Return all of environment variables as dictionary. You can
+		check if an environment variable exists like this: >
+			:echo has_key(environ(), 'HOME')
+<		Note that the variable name may be CamelCase; to ignore case
+		use this: >
+			:echo index(keys(environ()), 'HOME', 0, 1) != -1
+
 escape({string}, {chars})				*escape()*
 		Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
 		backslash.  Example: >
@@ -4074,8 +4112,12 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 					string)
 			*funcname	built-in function (see |functions|)
 					or user defined function (see
-					|user-functions|). Also works for a
-					variable that is a Funcref.
+					|user-functions|) that is implemented.
+					Also works for a variable that is a
+					Funcref.
+			?funcname	built-in function that could be
+					implemented; to be used to check if
+					"funcname" is valid
 			varname		internal variable (see
 					|internal-variables|).  Also works
 					for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
@@ -4330,6 +4372,8 @@ feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 		'L'	Lowlevel input.  Only works for Unix or when using the
 			GUI. Keys are used as if they were coming from the
 			terminal.  Other flags are not used.  *E980*
+			When a CTRL-C interrupts and 't' is included it sets
+			the internal "got_int" flag.
 		'i'	Insert the string instead of appending (see above).
 		'x'	Execute commands until typeahead is empty.  This is
 			similar to using ":normal!".  You can call feedkeys()
@@ -5102,10 +5146,11 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 <
 							*getcurpos()*
 getcurpos()	Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
-		includes an extra item in the list:
-		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
+		includes an extra "curswant" item in the list:
+		    [0, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
 		The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
 		cursor vertically.  Also see |getpos()|.
+		The first "bufnum" item is always zero.

 		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
 			let save_cursor = getcurpos()
@@ -5659,7 +5704,7 @@ getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 			GetWinnr()->getwininfo()

 getwinpos([{timeout}])					*getwinpos()*
-		The result is a list with two numbers, the result of
+		The result is a List with two numbers, the result of
 		|getwinposx()| and |getwinposy()| combined:
 			[x-pos, y-pos]
 		{timeout} can be used to specify how long to wait in msec for
@@ -5798,11 +5843,32 @@ globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 			GetExpr()->globpath(&rtp)
 <
 							*has()*
-has({feature})	The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
-		supported, zero otherwise.  The {feature} argument is a
-		string.  See |feature-list| below.
+has({feature} [, {check}])
+		When {check} is omitted or is zero: The result is a Number,
+		which is 1 if the feature {feature} is supported, zero
+		otherwise.  The {feature} argument is a string, case is
+		ignored.  See |feature-list| below.
+
+		When {check} is present and not zero: The result is a Number,
+		which is 1 if the feature {feature} could ever be supported,
+		zero otherwise.  This is useful to check for a typo in
+		{feature} and to detect dead code.  Keep in mind that an older
+		Vim version will not know about a feature added later and
+		features that have been abandoned will not be know by the
+		current Vim version.
+
 		Also see |exists()|.

+		Note that to skip code that has a syntax error when the
+		feature is not available, Vim may skip the rest of the line
+		and miss a following `endif`.  Therefore put the `endif` on a
+		separate line: >
+			if has('feature')
+			  let x = this->breaks->without->the->feature
+			endif
+<		If the `endif` would be moved to the second line as "| endif" it
+		would not be found.
+

 has_key({dict}, {key})					*has_key()*
 		The result is a Number, which is 1 if |Dictionary| {dict} has
@@ -6733,6 +6799,7 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->map(expr2)

+
 maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		When {dict} is omitted or zero: Return the rhs of mapping
 		{name} in mode {mode}.  The returned String has special
@@ -6765,10 +6832,14 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		When {dict} is there and it is |TRUE| return a dictionary
 		containing all the information of the mapping with the
 		following items:
-		  "lhs"	     The {lhs} of the mapping.
+		  "lhs"	     The {lhs} of the mapping as it would be typed
+		  "lhsraw"   The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes
+		  "lhsrawalt" The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes, alternate
+		  	      form, only present when it differs from "lhsraw"
 		  "rhs"	     The {rhs} of the mapping as typed.
 		  "silent"   1 for a |:map-silent| mapping, else 0.
 		  "noremap"  1 if the {rhs} of the mapping is not remappable.
+		  "script"   1 if mapping was defined with <script>.
 		  "expr"     1 for an expression mapping (|:map-<expr>|).
 		  "buffer"   1 for a buffer local mapping (|:map-local|).
 		  "mode"     Modes for which the mapping is defined. In
@@ -6783,6 +6854,9 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		  "nowait"   Do not wait for other, longer mappings.
 			     (|:map-<nowait>|).

+		The dictionary can be used to restore a mapping with
+		|mapset()|.
+
 		The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
 		then the global mappings.
 		This function can be used to map a key even when it's already
@@ -6828,6 +6902,23 @@ mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])			*mapcheck()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetKey()->mapcheck('n')

+
+mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})				*mapset()*
+		Restore a mapping from a dictionary returned by |maparg()|.
+		{mode} and {abbr} should be the same as for the call to
+		|maparg()|. *E460*
+		{mode} is used to define the mode in which the mapping is set,
+		not the "mode" entry in {dict}.
+		Example for saving and restoring a mapping: >
+			let save_map = maparg('K', 'n', 0, 1)
+			nnoremap K somethingelse
+			...
+			call mapset('n', 0, save_map)
+<		Note that if you are going to replace a map in several modes,
+		e.g. with `:map!`, you need to save the mapping for all of
+		them, since they can differe.
+
+
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*match()*
 		When {expr} is a |List| then this returns the index of the
 		first item where {pat} matches.  Each item is used as a
@@ -6885,6 +6976,10 @@ match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*match()*
 		The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
 		the pattern.  'smartcase' is NOT used.  The matching is always
 		done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
+		Note that a match at the start is preferred, thus when the
+		pattern is using "*" (any number of matches) it tends to find
+		zero matches at the start instead of a number of matches
+		further down in the text.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetList()->match('word')
@@ -7082,22 +7177,83 @@ matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])		*matchstrpos()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->matchstrpos('word')
 <
+
 							*max()*
 max({expr})	Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}.
-		{expr} can be a list or a dictionary.  For a dictionary,
-		it returns the maximum of all values in the dictionary.
-		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
+		{expr} can be a List or a Dictionary.  For a Dictionary,
+		it returns the maximum of all values in the Dictionary.
+		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
 		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->max()

+
+menu_info({name} [, {mode}])				*menu_info()*
+		Return information about the specified menu {name} in
+		mode {mode}. The menu name should be specified without the
+		shortcut character ('&').
+
+		{mode} can be one of these strings:
+			"n"	Normal
+			"v"	Visual (including Select)
+			"o"	Operator-pending
+			"i"	Insert
+			"c"	Cmd-line
+			"s"	Select
+			"x"	Visual
+			"t"	Terminal-Job
+			""	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
+			"!"	Insert and Cmd-line
+		When {mode} is omitted, the modes for "" are used.
+
+		Returns a |Dictionary| containing the following items:
+		  accel		menu item accelerator text |menu-text|
+		  display	display name (name without '&')
+		  enabled	v:true if this menu item is enabled
+				Refer to |:menu-enable|
+		  icon		name of the icon file (for toolbar)
+				|toolbar-icon|
+		  iconidx	index of a built-in icon
+		  modes		modes for which the menu is defined. In
+				addition to the modes mentioned above, these
+				characters will be used:
+				" "	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
+		  name		menu item name.
+		  noremenu	v:true if the {rhs} of the menu item is not
+				remappable else v:false.
+		  priority	menu order priority |menu-priority|
+		  rhs		right-hand-side of the menu item. The returned
+				string has special characters translated like
+				in the output of the ":menu" command listing.
+				When the {rhs} of a menu item is empty, then
+				"<Nop>" is returned.
+		  script	v:true if script-local remapping of {rhs} is
+				allowed else v:false.  See |:menu-script|.
+		  shortcut	shortcut key (character after '&' in
+				the menu name) |menu-shortcut|
+		  silent	v:true if the menu item is created
+				with <silent> argument |:menu-silent|
+		  submenus	|List| containing the names of
+				all the submenus.  Present only if the menu
+				item has submenus.
+
+		Returns an empty dictionary if the menu item is not found.
+
+		Examples: >
+			:echo menu_info('Edit.Cut')
+			:echo menu_info('File.Save', 'n')
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetMenuName()->menu_info('v')
+
+
 <							*min()*
 min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}.
-		{expr} can be a list or a dictionary.  For a dictionary,
-		it returns the minimum of all values in the dictionary.
-		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
+		{expr} can be a List or a Dictionary.  For a Dictionary,
+		it returns the minimum of all values in the Dictionary.
+		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
 		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.

@@ -7643,7 +7799,7 @@ range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])				*range()*
 			GetExpr()->range()
 <

-rand([{expr}])						*rand()*
+rand([{expr}])						*rand()* *random*
 		Return a pseudo-random Number generated with an xoshiro128**
 		algorithm using seed {expr}.  The returned number is 32 bits,
 		also on 64 bits systems, for consistency.
@@ -8516,8 +8672,8 @@ setloclist({nr}, {list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setloclist()*
 			GetLoclist()->setloclist(winnr)

 setmatches({list} [, {win}])				*setmatches()*
-		Restores a list of matches saved by |getmatches() for the
-		current window|.  Returns 0 if successful, otherwise -1.  All
+		Restores a list of matches saved by |getmatches()| for the
+		current window.  Returns 0 if successful, otherwise -1.  All
 		current matches are cleared before the list is restored.  See
 		example for |getmatches()|.
 		If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
@@ -8581,7 +8737,12 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		Create or replace or add to the quickfix list.

-		When {what} is not present, use the items in {list}.  Each
+		If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
+		only the items listed in {what} are set. The first {list}
+		argument is ignored.  See below for the supported items in
+		{what}.
+
+		When {what} is not present, the items in {list} or used.  Each
 		item must be a dictionary.  Non-dictionary items in {list} are
 		ignored.  Each dictionary item can contain the following
 		entries:
@@ -8636,10 +8797,7 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		freed. To add a new quickfix list at the end of the stack,
 		set "nr" in {what} to "$".

-		If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
-		only the items listed in {what} are set. The first {list}
-		argument is ignored.  The following items can be specified in
-		{what}:
+		The following items can be specified in dictionary {what}:
 		    context	quickfix list context. See |quickfix-context|
 		    efm		errorformat to use when parsing text from
 				"lines". If this is not present, then the
@@ -8686,6 +8844,7 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 							*setreg()*
 setreg({regname}, {value} [, {options}])
 		Set the register {regname} to {value}.
+		If {regname} is "" or "@", the unnamed register '"' is used.
 		{value} may be any value returned by |getreg()|, including
 		a |List|.
 		If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
@@ -8774,26 +8933,28 @@ settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])			*settagstack()*
 		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.

 		For a list of supported items in {dict}, refer to
-		|gettagstack()|
+		|gettagstack()|. "curidx" takes effect before changing the tag
+		stack.
 							*E962*
-		If {action} is not present or is set to 'r', then the tag
-		stack is replaced. If {action} is set to 'a', then new entries
-		from {dict} are pushed onto the tag stack.
+		How the tag stack is modified depends on the {action}
+		argument:
+		- If {action} is not present or is set to 'r', then the tag
+		  stack is replaced.
+		- If {action} is set to 'a', then new entries from {dict} are
+		  pushed (added) onto the tag stack.
+		- If {action} is set to 't', then all the entries from the
+		  current entry in the tag stack or "curidx" in {dict} are
+		  removed and then new entries are pushed to the stack.
+
+		The current index is set to one after the length of the tag
+		stack after the modification.

 		Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.

-		Examples:
-		    Set current index of the tag stack to 4: >
-			call settagstack(1005, {'curidx' : 4})
-
-<		    Empty the tag stack of window 3: >
+		Examples (for more examples see |tagstack-examples||):
+		    Empty the tag stack of window 3: >
 			call settagstack(3, {'items' : []})

-<		    Push a new item onto the tag stack: >
-			let pos = [bufnr('myfile.txt'), 10, 1, 0]
-			let newtag = [{'tagname' : 'mytag', 'from' : pos}]
-			call settagstack(2, {'items' : newtag}, 'a')
-
 <		    Save and restore the tag stack: >
 			let stack = gettagstack(1003)
 			" do something else
@@ -8889,6 +9050,8 @@ simplify({filename})					*simplify()*
 		directory.  In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
 		links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetName()->simplify()

 sin({expr})						*sin()*
 		Return the sine of {expr}, measured in radians, as a |Float|.
@@ -10061,7 +10224,7 @@ tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})				*tr()*

 trim({text} [, {mask}])						*trim()*
 		Return {text} as a String where any character in {mask} is
-		removed from the beginning and  end of {text}.
+		removed from the beginning and end of {text}.
 		If {mask} is not given, {mask} is all characters up to 0x20,
 		which includes Tab, space, NL and CR, plus the non-breaking
 		space character 0xa0.
@@ -10309,6 +10472,23 @@ win_getid([{win} [, {tab}]])				*win_getid()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->win_getid()

+
+win_gettype([{nr}])					*win_gettype()*
+		Return the type of the window:
+			"popup"		popup window |popup|
+			"command"	command-line window |cmdwin|
+			(empty)		normal window
+			"unknown"	window {nr} not found
+
+		When {nr} is omitted return the type of the current window.
+		When {nr} is given return the type of this window by number or
+		|window-ID|.
+
+		Also see the 'buftype' option.  When running a terminal in a
+		popup window then 'buftype' is "terminal" and win_gettype()
+		returns "popup".
+
+
 win_gotoid({expr})					*win_gotoid()*
 		Go to window with ID {expr}.  This may also change the current
 		tabpage.
@@ -10350,6 +10530,7 @@ win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])		*win_splitmove()*
 		then closing {nr}.

 		Both {nr} and {target} can be window numbers or |window-ID|s.
+		Both must be in the current tab page.

 		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.

@@ -10365,6 +10546,7 @@ win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])		*win_splitmove()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinid()->win_splitmove(target)
 <
+
 							*winbufnr()*
 winbufnr({nr})	The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
 		associated with window {nr}.  {nr} can be the window number or
@@ -10426,11 +10608,12 @@ winlayout([{tabnr}])					*winlayout()*
 			" Two horizontally split windows
 			:echo winlayout()
 			['col', [['leaf', 1000], ['leaf', 1001]]]
-			" Three horizontally split windows, with two
-			" vertically split windows in the middle window
+			" The second tab page, with three horizontally split
+			" windows, with two vertically split windows in the
+			" middle window
 			:echo winlayout(2)
-			['col', [['leaf', 1002], ['row', ['leaf', 1003],
-					     ['leaf', 1001]]], ['leaf', 1000]]
+			['col', [['leaf', 1002], ['row', [['leaf', 1003],
+					    ['leaf', 1001]]], ['leaf', 1000]]]
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetTabnr()->winlayout()
@@ -10445,6 +10628,7 @@ winline()	The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
 							*winnr()*
 winnr([{arg}])	The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
 		window.  The top window has number 1.
+		Returns zero for a popup window.

 		The optional argument {arg} supports the following values:
 			$	the number of the last window (the window
@@ -10618,7 +10802,7 @@ xor({expr}, {expr})					*xor()*
 <

 							*feature-list*
-There are four types of features:
+There are three types of features:
 1.  Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
    was compiled |+feature-list|.  Example: >
 	:if has("cindent")
@@ -10658,6 +10842,7 @@ browsefilter		Compiled with support for |browsefilter|.
 bsd			Compiled on an OS in the BSD family (excluding macOS).
 builtin_terms		Compiled with some builtin terminals.
 byte_offset		Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
+channel			Compiled with support for |channel| and |job|
 cindent			Compiled with 'cindent' support.
 clientserver		Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
 clipboard		Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
@@ -10704,17 +10889,21 @@ gui_gnome		Compiled with Gnome support (gui_gtk is also defined).
 gui_gtk			Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
 gui_gtk2		Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
 gui_gtk3		Compiled with GTK+ 3 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
+gui_haiku		Compiled with Haiku GUI.
 gui_mac			Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
 gui_motif		Compiled with Motif GUI.
 gui_photon		Compiled with Photon GUI.
 gui_running		Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
 gui_win32		Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
 gui_win32s		idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
+haiku			Haiku version of Vim.
 hangul_input		Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
 hpux			HP-UX version of Vim.
 iconv			Can use iconv() for conversion.
 insert_expand		Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
 			Insert mode. (always true)
+job			Compiled with support for |channel| and |job|
+ipv6			Compiled with support for IPv6 networking in |channel|.
 jumplist		Compiled with |jumplist| support.
 keymap			Compiled with 'keymap' support.
 lambda			Compiled with |lambda| support.
@@ -10769,7 +10958,7 @@ python_dynamic		Python 2.x interface is dynamically loaded. |has-python|
 python3			Python 3.x interface available. |has-python|
 python3_compiled	Compiled with Python 3.x interface. |has-python|
 python3_dynamic		Python 3.x interface is dynamically loaded. |has-python|
-pythonx			Compiled with |python_x| interface. |has-pythonx|
+pythonx			Python 2.x and/or 3.x interface available. |python_x|
 qnx			QNX version of Vim.
 quickfix		Compiled with |quickfix| support.
 reltime			Compiled with |reltime()| support.
@@ -10882,6 +11071,9 @@ New functions can be defined.  These can be called just like builtin
 functions.  The function executes a sequence of Ex commands.  Normal mode
 commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.

+This section is about the legacy functions. For the Vim9 functions, which
+execute much faster, support type checking and more, see |vim9.txt|.
+
 The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
 builtin functions.  To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
 avoid obvious, short names.  A good habit is to start the function name with
@@ -10955,6 +11147,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			NOTE: Use ! wisely.  If used without care it can cause
 			an existing function to be replaced unexpectedly,
 			which is hard to debug.
+			NOTE: In Vim9 script script-local functions cannot be
+			deleted or redefined.

 			For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.

@@ -11076,8 +11270,8 @@ It is allowed to define another function inside a function body.
 You can provide default values for positional named arguments.  This makes
 them optional for function calls.  When a positional argument is not
 specified at a call, the default expression is used to initialize it.
-This only works for functions declared with `:function`, not for lambda
-expressions |expr-lambda|.
+This only works for functions declared with `:function` or `:def`, not for
+lambda expressions |expr-lambda|.

 Example: >
  function Something(key, value = 10)
@@ -11115,9 +11309,10 @@ Example that does NOT work: >
  :function NoGood(first = a:second, second = 10)
  :endfunction
 <
-When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be equal
-to the number of mandatory named arguments.  When using "...", the number of
-arguments may be larger.
+When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be at
+least equal to the number of mandatory named arguments.  When using "...", the
+number of arguments may be larger than the total of mandatory and optional
+arguments.

 							*local-variables*
 Inside a function local variables can be used.  These will disappear when the
@@ -11474,7 +11669,7 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
 			|List| item.

-:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
+:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}				*E452*
 			Like |:let-unpack| above, but the |List| may have more
 			items than there are names.  A list of the remaining
 			items is assigned to {lastname}.  If there are no
@@ -11794,11 +11989,11 @@ text...
 			":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
 			(dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
 			a corresponding ":finally" etc.  Then the script
-			processing is terminated.  (Whether a function
-			definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
+			processing is terminated.  Whether a function
+			definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.
 			Example: >
-		:try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
-		:echo "impossible"	" not reached, script terminated above
+		try | call Unknown() | finally | echomsg "cleanup" | endtry
+		echomsg "not reached"
 <
 			Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
 			":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception.  It
@@ -11815,8 +12010,8 @@ text...
 			error exception is not caught, always beginning with
 			the error number.
 			Examples: >
-		:try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
-		:try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
+		try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
+		try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
 <
 					*:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
 :cat[ch] /{pattern}/	The following commands until the next |:catch|,
@@ -11971,6 +12166,9 @@ text...
 			these are hard to recognize and therefore not to be
 			used.

+			The command cannot be followed by "|" and another
+			command, since "|" is seen as part of the expression.
+

 							*:exe* *:execute*
 :exe[cute] {expr1} ..	Executes the string that results from the evaluation
--- a/runtime/doc/evim-it.1
+++ b/runtime/doc/evim-it.1
--- a/runtime/doc/filetype.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/filetype.txt
@@ -307,13 +307,13 @@ all loaded.  For example, if this command: >

 produces this output:

-	runtimepath=/etc/vim,~/.vim,/usr/local/share/vim/vim60 ~
+	runtimepath=/etc/vim,~/.vim,/usr/local/share/vim/vim82 ~

 then Vim will load all plugins in these directories and below:

 	/etc/vim/plugin/  ~
 	~/.vim/plugin/  ~
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim60/plugin/  ~
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim82/plugin/  ~

 Note that the last one is the value of $VIMRUNTIME which has been expanded.

--- a/runtime/doc/gui.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/gui.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -99,6 +99,7 @@ Recommended place for your personal GUI initializations:
 			    or $VIM/_gvimrc
 	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc, home:.gvimrc, home:vimfiles:gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
+	Haiku	            $HOME/config/settings/vim/gvimrc

 The personal initialization files are searched in the order specified above
 and only the first one that is found is read.
@@ -577,9 +578,11 @@ tooltips for menus. See |terminal-typing|.

 Special characters in a menu name:

+							*menu-shortcut*
 	&	The next character is the shortcut key.  Make sure each
 		shortcut key is only used once in a (sub)menu.  If you want to
 		insert a literal "&" in the menu name use "&&".
+							*menu-text*
 	<Tab>	Separates the menu name from right-aligned text.  This can be
 		used to show the equivalent typed command.  The text "<Tab>"
 		can be used here for convenience.  If you are using a real
@@ -852,6 +855,8 @@ Special characters in the list, just before the rhs:
 *	The menu was defined with "nore" to disallow remapping.
 &	The menu was defined with "<script>" to allow remapping script-local
 	mappings only.
+s	The menu was defined with "<silent>" to avoid showing what it is
+	mapped to when triggered.
 -	The menu was disabled.

 Note that hitting <Tab> while entering a menu name after a menu command may
@@ -953,7 +958,7 @@ item for the keyword under the cursor.  The register "z" is used. >
 mappings, or put these lines in your gvimrc; "<C-R>" is CTRL-R, "<CR>" is
 the <CR> key.  |<>|)

-
+							*tooltips* *menu-tips*
 5.8 Tooltips & Menu tips

 See section |42.4| in the user manual.
--- a/runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 25


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,16 +106,15 @@ when you have got a new version):
 You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
 1. Start a Windows Explorer
 2. Navigate to your sendto directory:
-   Windows NT: %windir%\profiles\%user%\sendto (e.g.
-	       "c:\winnt\profiles\mattha\sendto")
   Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\%user%\SendTo
   Windows Vista: C:\Users\%user%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\SendTo .
 3. Right-click in the file pane and select New->Shortcut
 4. Follow the shortcut wizard, using the full path to VIM/GVIM.

 When you 'send a file to Vim', Vim changes to that file's directory.  Note,
-however, that any long directory names will appear in their short (MS-Windows)
-form.  This is a limitation of the Windows "Send To" mechanism.
+however, that any long directory names will appear in their short (MS-DOS)
+form on some Windows versions.  This is a limitation of the Windows "Send To"
+mechanism.

 						*notepad*
 You could replace notepad.exe with gvim.exe, but that has a few side effects.
@@ -169,8 +168,8 @@ you can.
 					    Vim Shell Extension
   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vim\Gvim
 		path			    {path}\gvim.exe
-   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 5.6
-		DisplayName		    Vim 5.6: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
+   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 8.2
+		DisplayName		    Vim 8.2: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
 		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstall.exe

   Replace {path} with the path that leads to the executable.
@@ -200,7 +199,7 @@ With..." menu.  This means you can use Vim to edit many files.  Not every file
 One reason to add this is to be able to edit HTML files directly from Internet
 Explorer.  To enable this use the "Tools" menu, "Internet Options..." entry.
 In the dialog select the "Programs" tab and select Vim in the "HTML editor"
-choice.  If it's not there than installing didn't work properly.
+choice.  If it's not there then installing didn't work properly.

 Doing this manually can be done with this script:

@@ -214,7 +213,7 @@ REGEDIT4
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit]

 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit\command]
-@="c:\\vim\\vim62\\gvim.exe \"%1\""
+@="c:\\vim\\vim82\\gvim.exe \"%1\""

 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\gvim.exe]

@@ -222,7 +221,7 @@ REGEDIT4

 ----------------------------------------------------------

-Change the "c:\\vim\\vim62" bit to where gvim.exe is actually located.
+Change the "c:\\vim\\vim82" bit to where gvim.exe is actually located.

 To uninstall this run the Vim uninstall program or manually delete the
 registry entries with "regedit".
@@ -457,8 +456,12 @@ See the Make_mvc.mak file for instructions, search for XPM.

 To try out if XPM support works do this: >
 	:help
-	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' . $VIMRUNTIME . '\\vim16x16.xpm'
-	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' . expand('%:p')
+	:let runtime = escape($VIMRUNTIME, ' \')
+	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' .. runtime .. '\\vim16x16.xpm'
+	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' .. expand('%:p')
 <
+You may need to get the vim16x16.xpm file from github:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vim16x16.xpm
+

 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/help.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/help.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 05

 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|

-  Getting started:  Do the Vim tutor, a 20 minute interactive training for the
+  Getting started:  Do the Vim tutor, a 30-minute interactive course for the
 		    basic commands, see |vimtutor|.
 		    Read the user manual from start to end: |usr_01.txt|

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ through the help of many others.  See |credits|.
 						*doc-file-list* *Q_ct*
 BASIC:
 |quickref|	Overview of the most common commands you will use
-|tutor|		20 minutes training course for beginners
+|tutor|		30-minute interactive course for beginners
 |copying|	About copyrights
 |iccf|		Helping poor children in Uganda
 |sponsor|	Sponsor Vim development, become a registered Vim user
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |remote.txt|	using Vim as a server or client
 |term.txt|	using different terminals and mice
 |terminal.txt|	Terminal window support
-|popup.txt|	popop window support
+|popup.txt|	popup window support

 Programming language support ~
 |indent.txt|	automatic indenting for C and other languages
@@ -197,7 +197,8 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_390.txt|	OS/390 Unix
 |os_amiga.txt|	Amiga
 |os_beos.txt|	BeOS and BeBox
-|os_dos.txt|	MS-DOS and MS-Windows NT/95 common items
+|os_dos.txt|	MS-DOS and MS-Windows common items
+|os_haiku.txt|	Haiku
 |os_mac.txt|	Macintosh
 |os_mint.txt|	Atari MiNT
 |os_msdos.txt|	MS-DOS (plain DOS and DOS box under Windows)
@@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_risc.txt|	RISC-OS
 |os_unix.txt|	Unix
 |os_vms.txt|	VMS
-|os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows 95/98/NT
+|os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts
--- a/runtime/doc/helphelp.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/helphelp.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Oct 18
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 01


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -368,4 +368,15 @@ highlighting.  So do these:

 You can find the details in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/help.vim

+							*inclusion*
+Some people make a big deal about using "his" when referring to the user,
+thinking it means we assume the user is male.  That is of course not the case,
+it's just a habit of writing help text, which quite often is many years old.
+Also, a lot of the text is written by contributors for who English is not
+their first language.  We do not make any assumptions about the gender of the
+user, no matter how the text is phrased.  And we do not want to waste time on
+this discussion.  The goal is that the reader understands how Vim works, the
+exact wording is secondary.
+
+
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/if_lua.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_lua.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 17


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Examples:
 	:lua local curbuf = vim.buffer() curbuf[7] = "line #7"
 <

-:[range]lua << [endmarker]
+:[range]lua << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Lua script {script}.
@@ -40,10 +40,9 @@ Examples:
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

-The {endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-
 If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
-{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+|:let-heredoc| for more information.

 This form of the |:lua| command is mainly useful for including Lua code
 in Vim scripts.
@@ -200,6 +199,15 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 				returns it. Note that the buffer is not set as
 				current.

+	vim.call({name} [,{args}])
+				Proxy to call Vim function named {name} with 
+				arguments {args}.  Example: >
+					:lua print(vim.call('has', 'timers'))
+<
+	vim.fn			Proxy to call Vim functions. Proxy methods are
+				created on demand.  Example: >
+					:lua print(vim.fn.has('timers'))
+<

 ==============================================================================
 3. List userdata					*lua-list*
--- a/runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 :[range]mz[scheme] {stmt}
 			Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}.

-:[range]mz[scheme] << [endmarker]
+:[range]mz[scheme] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute inlined MzScheme script {script}.
@@ -47,12 +47,11 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

-			The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be
-			preceded by any white space.
-
 			If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot
 			'.' must be used after {script}, like for the
-			|:append| and |:insert| commands.
+			|:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+			|:let-heredoc| for more information.
+

 							*:mzfile* *:mzf*
 :[range]mzf[ile] {file}	Execute the MzScheme script in {file}.
--- a/runtime/doc/if_perl.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_perl.txt
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative.
 			working: >
 				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")

-:pe[rl] << [endmarker]
+:pe[rl] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Perl script {script}.
--- a/runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			the `:python` command is working: >
 				:python print "Hello"

-:[range]py[thon] << [endmarker]
+:[range]py[thon] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Python script {script}.
@@ -42,10 +42,9 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

-The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-
 If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
-{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+|:let-heredoc| for more information.

 This form of the |:python| command is mainly useful for including python code
 in Vim scripts.
@@ -768,12 +767,12 @@ match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was compiled with.

 							*:py3* *:python3*
 :[range]py3 {stmt}
-:[range]py3 << [endmarker]
+:[range]py3 << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}

 :[range]python3 {stmt}
-:[range]python3 << [endmarker]
+:[range]python3 << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 	The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A
--- a/runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt
@@ -28,15 +28,15 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 :rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
 				:ruby print "Hello"

-:rub[y] << [endmarker]
+:rub[y] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Ruby script {script}.
-			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
-			any white space.

 			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
-			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer
+			to |:let-heredoc| for more information.
+

 			This form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
 			including ruby code in vim scripts.
--- a/runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			is working: >
 				:tcl puts "Hello"

-:[range]tc[l] << [endmarker]
+:[range]tc[l] << [trim] [{endmarker}]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Tcl script {script}.
@@ -38,10 +38,9 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

-The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-
 If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
-{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Refer to
+|:let-heredoc| for more information.

 This form of the |:tcl| command is mainly useful for including tcl code in Vim
 scripts.
--- a/runtime/doc/index.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/index.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -73,6 +73,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 				the cursor
 |i_CTRL-Q|	CTRL-Q		same as CTRL-V, unless used for terminal
 				control flow
+|i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q|  CTRL-SHIFT-Q {char}
+				like CTRL-Q unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active
 |i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register
 |i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}
@@ -89,6 +91,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		delete all entered characters in the current
 				line
 |i_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V {char}	insert next non-digit literally
+|i_CTRL-SHIFT-V|  CTRL-SHIFT-V {char}
+				like CTRL-V unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active
 |i_CTRL-V_digit| CTRL-V {number} insert three digit decimal number as a single
 				byte.
 |i_CTRL-W|	CTRL-W		delete word before the cursor
@@ -242,8 +246,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				2  filter Nmove text through the {filter}
 				   command
 |!!|		!!{filter}	2  filter N lines through the {filter} command
-|quote|		"{a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"}  use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next
-				   delete, yank or put (uppercase to append)
+|quote|		"{register}  	   use {register} for next delete, yank or put
 				   ({.%#:} only work with put)
 |#|		#		1  search backward for the Nth occurrence of
 				   the ident under the cursor
@@ -361,8 +364,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   register x]
 |Y|		["x]Y		   yank N lines [into register x]; synonym for
 				   "yy"
-|ZZ|		ZZ		   store current file if modified, and exit
-|ZQ|		ZQ		   exit current file always
+|ZZ|		ZZ		   write if buffer changed and close window
+|ZQ|		ZQ		   close window without writing
 |[|		[{char}		   square bracket command (see |[| below)
 		\		   not used
 |]|		]{char}		   square bracket command (see |]| below)
@@ -825,7 +828,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zD|		zD		   delete folds recursively
 |zE|		zE		   eliminate all folds
 |zF|		zF		   create a fold for N lines
-|zG|		zG		   mark word as good spelled word
+|zG|		zG		   temporarily mark word as good spelled word
 |zH|		zH		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
 				   to the right
 |zL|		zL		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
@@ -834,7 +837,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zN|		zN		   set 'foldenable'
 |zO|		zO		   open folds recursively
 |zR|		zR		   set 'foldlevel' to the deepest fold
-|zW|		zW		   mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
+|zW|		zW		   temporarily mark word as bad spelled word
 |zX|		zX		   re-apply 'foldlevel'
 |z^|		z^		   cursor on line N (default line above
 				   window), otherwise like "z-"
@@ -846,7 +849,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   position the cursor at the end (right side)
 				   of the screen
 |zf|		zf{motion}	   create a fold for Nmove text
-|zg|		zg		   mark word as good spelled word
+|zg|		zg		   permanently mark word as good spelled word
 |zh|		zh		   when 'wrap' off scroll screen N characters
 				   to the right
 |zi|		zi		   toggle 'foldenable'
@@ -867,7 +870,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zuW|		zuW		   undo |zW|
 |zuG|		zuG		   undo |zG|
 |zv|		zv		   open enough folds to view the cursor line
-|zw|		zw		   mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word
+|zw|		zw		   permanently mark word as bad spelled word
 |zx|		zx		   re-apply 'foldlevel' and do "zv"
 |zz|		zz		   redraw, cursor line at center of window
 |z<Left>|	z<Left>		   same as "zh"
@@ -1111,7 +1114,7 @@ tag		char		action in Terminal-Job mode	~
 |t_CTRL-W_:|	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
 |t_CTRL-W_.|	CTRL-W .	type CTRL-W in the terminal
 		CTRL-W CTRL-\	send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
-|t_CTRL-W_quote|  CTRL-W " {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|t_CTRL-W_quote|  CTRL-W " {register}
 				paste register in the terminal
 |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| CTRL-W CTRL-C	forcefully ends the job
 |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W| CTRL-W CTRL-W	move focus to the next window
@@ -1256,11 +1259,13 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:cunmenu|	:cunme[nu]	remove menu for Command-line mode
 |:cwindow|	:cw[indow]	open or close quickfix window
 |:delete|	:d[elete]	delete lines
-|:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks
 |:debug|	:deb[ug]	run a command in debugging mode
 |:debuggreedy|	:debugg[reedy]	read debug mode commands from normal input
+|:def|		:def		define a Vim9 user function
+|:defcompile|	:defc[ompile]	compile Vim9 user functions in current script
 |:delcommand|	:delc[ommand]	delete user-defined command
 |:delfunction|	:delf[unction]	delete a user function
+|:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks
 |:diffupdate|	:dif[fupdate]	update 'diff' buffers
 |:diffget|	:diffg[et]	remove differences in current buffer
 |:diffoff|	:diffo[ff]	switch off diff mode
@@ -1270,9 +1275,9 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:diffthis|	:diffthis	make current window a diff window
 |:digraphs|	:dig[raphs]	show or enter digraphs
 |:display|	:di[splay]	display registers
+|:disassemble|	:disa[ssemble]	disassemble Vim9 user function
 |:djump|	:dj[ump]	jump to #define
 |:dl|		:dl		short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
-|:del|		:del[ete]l	short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
 |:dlist|	:dli[st]	list #defines
 |:doautocmd|	:do[autocmd]	apply autocommands to current buffer
 |:doautoall|	:doautoa[ll]	apply autocommands for all loaded buffers
@@ -1291,15 +1296,17 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:else|		:el[se]		part of an :if command
 |:elseif|	:elsei[f]	part of an :if command
 |:emenu|	:em[enu]	execute a menu by name
+|:enddef|	:enddef		end of a user function started with :def
 |:endif|	:en[dif]	end previous :if
 |:endfor|	:endfo[r]	end previous :for
-|:endfunction|	:endf[unction]	end of a user function
+|:endfunction|	:endf[unction]	end of a user function started with :function
 |:endtry|	:endt[ry]	end previous :try
 |:endwhile|	:endw[hile]	end previous :while
 |:enew|		:ene[w]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
 |:ex|		:ex		same as ":edit"
 |:execute|	:exe[cute]	execute result of expressions
 |:exit|		:exi[t]		same as ":xit"
+|:export|	:exp[ort]	Vim9: export an item from a script
 |:exusage|	:exu[sage]	overview of Ex commands
 |:file|		:f[ile]		show or set the current file name
 |:files|	:files		list all files in the buffer list
@@ -1341,6 +1348,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:imap|		:im[ap]		like ":map" but for Insert mode
 |:imapclear|	:imapc[lear]	like ":mapclear" but for Insert mode
 |:imenu|	:ime[nu]	add menu for Insert mode
+|:import|	:imp[ort]	Vim9: import an item from another script
 |:inoremap|	:ino[remap]	like ":noremap" but for Insert mode
 |:inoreabbrev|	:inorea[bbrev]	like ":noreabbrev" but for Insert mode
 |:inoremenu|	:inoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Insert mode
@@ -1682,6 +1690,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	print version number and other info
 |:verbose|	:verb[ose]	execute command with 'verbose' set
 |:vertical|	:vert[ical]	make following command split vertically
+|:vim9script|	:vim9[script]	indicates Vim9 script file
 |:vimgrep|	:vim[grep]	search for pattern in files
 |:vimgrepadd|	:vimgrepa[dd]	like :vimgrep, but append to current list
 |:visual|	:vi[sual]	same as ":edit", but turns off "Ex" mode
@@ -1713,7 +1722,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:wqall|	:wqa[ll]	write all changed buffers and quit Vim
 |:wundo|	:wu[ndo]	write undo information to a file
 |:wviminfo|	:wv[iminfo]	write to viminfo file
-|:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim
+|:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and close window
 |:xall|		:xa[ll]		same as ":wqall"
 |:xmapclear|	:xmapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Visual mode
 |:xmap|		:xm[ap]		like ":map" but for Visual mode
--- a/runtime/doc/insert.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/insert.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -154,6 +154,8 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below.
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
+		After this command, the '.' register contains the text from
+		the register as if it was inserted by typing it.

 CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
@@ -163,6 +165,9 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Does not replace characters!
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
+		After this command, the '.' register contains the command
+		typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^O" and not the
+		text from the register.

 CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the
@@ -170,6 +175,9 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Does not replace characters!
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
+		After this command, the '.' register contains the command
+		typed and not the text. I.e., the literals "^R^P" and not the
+		text from the register.

 						*i_CTRL-T*
 CTRL-T		Insert one shiftwidth of indent at the start of the current
@@ -200,15 +208,15 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  For special keys, the
 		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
 		unless the Shift key is also pressed.

-						*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
-CTRL-SHIFT-V	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
-		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
-
 						*i_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.
 		Note: Some terminal connections may eat CTRL-Q, it doesn't
 		work then.  It does work in the GUI.

+CTRL-SHIFT-V				*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+
 CTRL-X		Enter CTRL-X mode.  This is a sub-mode where commands can
 		be given to complete words or scroll the window.  See
 		|i_CTRL-X| and |ins-completion|.
@@ -379,8 +387,8 @@ CTRL-\ CTRL-O	like CTRL-O but don't move the cursor	     *i_CTRL-\_CTRL-O*
 CTRL-L		when 'insertmode' is set: go to Normal mode  *i_CTRL-L*
 CTRL-G u	break undo sequence, start new change	     *i_CTRL-G_u*
 CTRL-G U	don't break undo with next left/right cursor *i_CTRL-G_U*
-		movement, if the cursor stays within
-		same the line
+		movement, if the cursor stays within the
+		same line
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------

 Note: If the cursor keys take you out of Insert mode, check the 'noesckeys'
@@ -658,8 +666,10 @@ Note: The keys that are valid in CTRL-X mode are not mapped.  This allows for
 ends CTRL-X mode (any key that is not a valid CTRL-X mode command) is mapped.
 Also, when doing completion with 'complete' mappings apply as usual.

-Note: While completion is active Insert mode can't be used recursively.
-Mappings that somehow invoke ":normal i.." will generate an E523 error.
+							*E578* *E565*
+Note: While completion is active Insert mode can't be used recursively and
+buffer text cannot be changed.  Mappings that somehow invoke ":normal i.."
+will generate an E565 error.

 The following mappings are suggested to make typing the completion commands
 a bit easier (although they will hide other commands): >
@@ -1079,7 +1089,8 @@ If you want to suppress the warning message for an empty result, return

 Other items are ignored.

-For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDone| autocommand event.
+For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDonePre| and
+|CompleteDone| autocommand event.

 For example, the function can contain this: >
 	let matches = ... list of words ...
@@ -1108,7 +1119,8 @@ items:
 	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
 			an empty string
 	user_data 	custom data which is associated with the item and
-			available in |v:completed_item|
+			available in |v:completed_item|; it can be any type;
+			defaults to an empty string

 All of these except "icase", "equal", "dup" and "empty" must be a string.  If
 an item does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and
@@ -2008,11 +2020,11 @@ If the 'fileformats' option is not empty Vim tries to recognize the type of
 changed, the detected format is only used while reading the file.
 A similar thing happens with 'fileencodings'.

-The message "[dos format]" is shown if a file is read in DOS format, to remind
-you that something unusual is done.
+On non-Win32 systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if a file is read in
+DOS format, to remind you that something unusual is done.
 On Macintosh and Win32 the message "[unix format]" is shown if a file is read
 in Unix format.
-On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[Mac format]" is shown if a file is
+On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[mac format]" is shown if a file is
 read in Mac format.

 An example on how to use ":r !": >
--- a/runtime/doc/makehtml.awk
+++ b/runtime/doc/makehtml.awk
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ substr($0,length($0),1) == "~" { print "<B><FONT COLOR=\"PURPLE\">" substr($0,1,
 #
 #ad hoc code
 #
-/^"\|\& / {gsub(/\|/,"\\&#124;"); }
+/^"\|& / {gsub(/\|/,"\\&#124;"); }
 / = b / {gsub(/ b /," \\&#98; "); }
 #
 # one letter tag
--- a/runtime/doc/map.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/map.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 19
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -845,8 +845,9 @@ Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.

 A known side effect effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is
 inserted after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether
-modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-V CTRL-V, if you get
-one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-SHIFT-V CTRL-V, if you
+get one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is
+on.

 When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
 Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
@@ -1491,7 +1492,7 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<bang>	(See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
 		command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
 		expands to nothing.
-						*<mods>*
+						*<mods>* *:command-modifiers*
 	<mods>  The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
 		nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
 		|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:keepalt|,
--- a/runtime/doc/message.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/message.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Oct 19
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 01


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ See `:messages` above.
 LIST OF MESSAGES
 			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E256* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
-			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E950*  >
+			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292*  >
  Add to read buffer
  makemap: Illegal mode
  Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback
--- a/runtime/doc/netbeans.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/netbeans.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -40,21 +40,26 @@ or environment providing a socket interface can control Vim using this
 protocol. There are existing implementations in C, C++, Python and Java. The
 name NetBeans is kept today for historical reasons.

-Current projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are:
- VimIntegration, description of various projects doing Vim Integration:
+Active project using the NetBeans protocol of Vim:
+- Eclim, http://eclim.org/
+
+VimIntegration, description of various projects doing Vim Integration:
 	http://www.freehackers.org/VimIntegration
- Agide, an IDE for the AAP project, written in Python:
-	http://www.a-a-p.org
+
+Projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are or were:
+- Agide, an IDE for the AAP project, written in Python (now replaced by
+  |:Termdebug|): http://www.a-a-p.org
 - Clewn, a gdb integration into Vim, written in C:
 	http://clewn.sourceforge.net/
 - Pyclewn, a gdb integration into Vim, written in Python:
 	http://pyclewn.sourceforge.net/
+- VimWrapper, library to easy Vim integration into IDE:
+	http://www.freehackers.org/VimWrapper
+Outdated projects (links don't work):
 - VimPlugin, integration of Vim inside Eclipse:
 	http://vimplugin.sourceforge.net/wiki/pmwiki.php
 - PIDA, IDE written in Python integrating Vim:
 	http://pida.co.uk/
- VimWrapper, library to easy Vim integration into IDE:
-	http://www.freehackers.org/VimWrapper

 Check the specific project pages to see how to use Vim with these projects.

@@ -461,11 +466,13 @@ guard off len
 initDone	Mark the buffer as ready for use.  Implicitly makes the buffer
 		the current buffer.  Fires the BufReadPost autocommand event.

-insertDone
+insertDone starteol readonly
 		Sent by Vim Controller to tell Vim an initial file insert is
-		done.  This triggers a read message being printed.  Prior to
-		version 2.3, no read messages were displayed after opening a
-		file.  New in version 2.3.
+		done.  This triggers a read message being printed.  If
+		"starteol" is "F" then the last line doesn't have a EOL. If
+		"readonly" is "T" then the file is marked as readonly. Prior
+		to version 2.3, no read messages were displayed after opening
+		a file.  New in version 2.3.

 moveAnnoToFront serNum
 		Not implemented.
--- a/runtime/doc/options.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/options.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 18
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 03


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -22,9 +22,13 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 1. Setting options					*set-option* *E764*

 							*:se* *:set*
-:se[t]			Show all options that differ from their default value.
+:se[t][!]		Show all options that differ from their default value.
+			When [!] is present every option is on a separate
+			line.

-:se[t] all		Show all but terminal options.
+:se[t][!] all		Show all but terminal options.
+			When [!] is present every option is on a separate
+			line.

 :se[t] termcap		Show all terminal options.  Note that in the GUI the
 			key codes are not shown, because they are generated
@@ -287,7 +291,7 @@ happens when the buffer is not loaded, but they are lost when the buffer is
 wiped out |:bwipe|.

 							*:setl* *:setlocal*
-:setl[ocal] ...		Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
+:setl[ocal][!] ...	Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
 			current buffer or window.  Not all options have a
 			local value.  If the option does not have a local
 			value the global value is set.
@@ -309,7 +313,7 @@ wiped out |:bwipe|.
 			{option}, so that the global value will be used.

 							*:setg* *:setglobal*
-:setg[lobal] ...	Like ":set" but set only the global value for a local
+:setg[lobal][!] ...	Like ":set" but set only the global value for a local
 			option without changing the local value.
 			When displaying an option, the global value is shown.
 			With the "all" argument: display global values for all
@@ -513,10 +517,11 @@ Examples:

 The second form (this is compatible with some versions of Vi):

-	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]
+	[text{white}]{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]

-[text]			any text or empty
-{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+[text{white}]		empty or any text followed by at least one blank
+			character (<Space> or <Tab>); "ex:" always requires at
+			least one blank character
 {vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}	the string "vi:", "vim:", "Vim:" or "ex:"
 [white]			optional white space
 se[t]			the string "set " or "se " (note the space); When
@@ -709,9 +714,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	(or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with "-cjkwidth" option.),
 	this option should be set to "double" to match the width perceived
 	by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font.  Perhaps it also has
-	to be set to "double" under CJK MS-Windows 2k/XP
-	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
-	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
+	to be set to "double" under CJK MS-Windows when the system locale is
+	set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode Standard Annex #11
+	(http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).

 	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
 	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
@@ -910,6 +915,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	eol	allow backspacing over line breaks (join lines)
 	start	allow backspacing over the start of insert; CTRL-W and CTRL-U
 		stop once at the start of insert.
+	nostop	like start, except CTRL-W and CTRL-U do not stop at the start of
+		insert.

 	When the value is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used.

@@ -918,6 +925,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  0	same as ":set backspace=" (Vi compatible)
 	  1	same as ":set backspace=indent,eol"
 	  2	same as ":set backspace=indent,eol,start"
+	  3	same as ":set backspace=indent,eol,nostop"

 	See |:fixdel| if your <BS> or <Del> key does not do what you want.
 	NOTE: This option is set to "" when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -1018,9 +1026,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows et al.) means
-	  to put the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The
-	  leading "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
+	  the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
+	  "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	  ("." inside a directory name has no special meaning).
 	- Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
 	  of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
@@ -1375,6 +1383,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'swapfile' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
+	Also see |win_gettype()|, which returns the type of the window.

 	Be careful with changing this option, it can have many side effects!

@@ -2712,9 +2721,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
 	  attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows et al.) means
-	  to put the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The
-	  leading "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
+	  the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading "."
+	  is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	- For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
 	  the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
 	  with all path separators substituted to percent '%' signs. This will
@@ -3593,7 +3602,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled, and
 			for Win32 console}
 	This option tells Vim what the cursor should look like in different
-	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In an Win32 console, only the
+	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In a Win32 console, only the
 	height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by specifying a
 	block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or horizontal cursor.
 	For a console the 't_SI', 't_SR', and 't_EI' escape sequences are
@@ -3763,7 +3772,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
 		When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
 		The GUI tabs are only supported on some systems, currently
-		GTK, Motif, Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
+		GTK, Motif, Mac OS/X, Haiku, and MS-Windows.
 								*'go-f'*
 	  'f'	Foreground: Don't use fork() to detach the GUI from the shell
 		where it was started.  Use this for programs that wait for the
@@ -4640,8 +4649,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
-	Also consider resetting 'langremap' to avoid 'langmap' applies to
-	characters resulting from a mapping.
+	Also consider setting 'langremap' to off, to prevent 'langmap' from
+	applying to characters resulting from a mapping.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

@@ -4706,7 +4715,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'langnoremap' is set to the inverted value, and the other way around.

 			*'langremap'* *'lrm'* *'nolangremap'* *'nolrm'*
-'langremap' 'lrm'	boolean (default on, reset in |defaults.vim|)
+'langremap' 'lrm'	boolean (default on, set to off in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+langmap|
 			feature}
@@ -5248,7 +5257,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
 	a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
 	MS-Windows: Also see 'scrollfocus' for what window is scrolled when
-	using the mouse scroll whel.
+	using the mouse scroll wheel.

 			*'mousehide'* *'mh'* *'nomousehide'* *'nomh'*
 'mousehide' 'mh'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -6075,7 +6084,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			 *'restorescreen'* *'rs'* *'norestorescreen'* *'nors'*
 'restorescreen' 'rs'	boolean	(default on)
 			global
-			{only in Windows 95/NT console version}
+			{only in MS-Windows console version}
 	When set, the screen contents is restored when exiting Vim.  This also
 	happens when executing external commands.

@@ -6201,6 +6210,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM:vimfiles:after"
+					Haiku: "$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim,
+						$VIM/vimfiles,
+						$VIMRUNTIME,
+						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
+						$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim/after")
 					VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
@@ -6216,6 +6230,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  compiler/	compiler files |:compiler|
 	  doc/		documentation |write-local-help|
 	  ftplugin/	filetype plugins |write-filetype-plugin|
+	  import/	files that are found by `:import`
 	  indent/	indent scripts |indent-expression|
 	  keymap/	key mapping files |mbyte-keymap|
 	  lang/		menu translations |:menutrans|
@@ -6497,9 +6512,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				 somewhere: "/c")
 			global
 	Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
-	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-Windows-like
-	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
-	reduce the need to set this option by the user.
+	"bash.exe -c ls" or "cmd.exe /c dir".  For MS-Windows, the default is
+	set according to the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this
+	option by the user.
 	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
 	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
@@ -6508,7 +6523,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.

 						*'shellpipe'* *'sp'*
-'shellpipe' 'sp'	string	(default ">", "| tee", "|& tee" or "2>&1| tee")
+'shellpipe' 'sp'	string	(default ">", ">%s 2>&1", "| tee", "|& tee" or
+				 "2>&1| tee")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
 			feature}
@@ -6518,8 +6534,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	For the Amiga the default is ">".  The output is directly saved in a
-	file and not echoed to the screen.
+	For the Amiga the default is ">".  For MS-Windows the default is
+	">%s 2>&1".  The output is directly saved in a file and not echoed to
+	the screen.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
@@ -6587,9 +6604,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{only for MS-Windows}
 	When set, a forward slash is used when expanding file names.  This is
-	useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of command.com or
-	cmd.exe.  Backward slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to
-	forward slashes by Vim.
+	useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of cmd.exe.  Backward
+	slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to forward slashes by
+	Vim.
 	Note that setting or resetting this option has no effect for some
 	existing file names, thus this option needs to be set before opening
 	any file for best results.  This might change in the future.
@@ -6746,8 +6763,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	option is on, dots in file names are replaced with underscores when
 	adding an extension (".~" or ".swp").  This option is useful
 	when editing files on an MS-DOS compatible filesystem, e.g., messydos
-	or crossdos.  When running the Win32 GUI version under Win32s, this
-	option is always on by default.
+	or crossdos.

 						*'showbreak'* *'sbr'* *E595*
 'showbreak' 'sbr'	string	(default "")
@@ -7282,8 +7298,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
 	line is displayed.
 				*stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
-	While evaluationg %{} the current buffer and current window will be
-	set temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
+	While evaluating %{} the current buffer and current window will be set
+	temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
 	currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
 	The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
 	real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the
@@ -7657,6 +7673,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				      in the GUI: "builtin_gui"
 					on Amiga: "amiga"
 					 on BeOS: "beos-ansi"
+					on Haiku: "xterm"
 					  on Mac: "mac-ansi"
 					 on MiNT: "vt52"
 					 on Unix: "ansi"
@@ -7694,7 +7711,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
-								*E617*
+								*E617* *E950*
 	Note: This does not apply to the GTK+ GUI.  After the GUI has been
 	successfully initialized, 'termencoding' is forcibly set to "utf-8".
 	Any attempts to set a different value will be rejected, and an error
@@ -7943,7 +7960,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		- VIM		the server name |v:servername| or "VIM"
 	Only works if the terminal supports setting window titles
 	(currently Amiga console, Win32 console, all GUI versions and
-	terminals with a non- empty 't_ts' option - these are Unix xterm and
+	terminals with a non-empty 't_ts' option - these are Unix xterm and
 	iris-ansi by default, where 't_ts' is taken from the builtin termcap).
 								*X11*
 	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original title will
@@ -8205,7 +8222,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.

 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
-'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS, Win32)
+'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS and Win32)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
 	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
@@ -8306,13 +8323,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Currently, these messages are given:
 	>= 1	When the viminfo file is read or written.
 	>= 2	When a file is ":source"'ed.
+	>= 4	Shell commands.
 	>= 5	Every searched tags file and include file.
 	>= 8	Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
 	>= 9	Every executed autocommand.
+	>= 11	Finding items in a path
 	>= 12	Every executed function.
 	>= 13	When an exception is thrown, caught, finished, or discarded.
 	>= 14	Anything pending in a ":finally" clause.
-	>= 15	Every executed Ex command (truncated at 200 characters).
+	>= 15	Every executed Ex command from a script (truncated at 200
+		characters).
+	>= 16	Every executed Ex command

 	This option can also be set with the "-V" argument.  See |-V|.
 	This option is also set by the |:verbose| command.
--- a/runtime/doc/os_beos.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_beos.txt
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ and merge it back in.

 6. The $VIM directory					*beos-vimdir*

-$VIM is the symbolic name for the place where Vims support files are stored.
+$VIM is the symbolic name for the place where Vim's support files are stored.
 The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with >

  :version
--- a/runtime/doc/os_dos.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_dos.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ If you move the executable to another location, you also need to set the $VIM
 environment variable.  The runtime files will be found in "$VIM/vim{version}".
 Example: >
 	set VIM=E:\vim
-Will find the version 5.4 runtime files in "e:\vim\vim54".
+Will find the version 8.2 runtime files in "e:\vim\vim82".
 Note: This is _not_ recommended.  The preferred way is to keep the executable
 in the runtime directory.

@@ -47,17 +47,23 @@ If you move your executable AND want to put your "_vimrc" and "_gvimrc" files
 somewhere else, you must set $VIM to where you vimrc files are, and set
 $VIMRUNTIME to the runtime files.  Example: >
 	set VIM=C:\usr\piet
-	set VIMRUNTIME=E:\vim\vim54
-Will find "c:\user\piet\_vimrc" and the runtime files in "e:\vim\vim54".
+	set VIMRUNTIME=E:\vim\vim82
+Will find "c:\user\piet\_vimrc" and the runtime files in "e:\vim\vim82".

 See |$VIM| and |$VIMRUNTIME| for more information.

-Under Windows 95, you can set $VIM in your C:\autoexec.bat file.  For
-example: >
-  set VIM=D:\vim
-Under Windows NT, you can set environment variables for each user separately
-under "Start/Settings/Control Panel->System", or through the properties in the
-menu of "My Computer", under the Environment Tab.
+You can set environment variables for each user separately through the
+System Properties dialog box.  The steps to do that:
+1. Type Windows Key + R to open the "Run" dialog box.
+2. Enter "sysdm.cpl" and press the "OK" button.  The "System Properties"
+   dialog box will open.
+3. Select the "Advanced" tab and press the "Environment Variables..." button.
+   The "Environment Variables" dialog box will open.
+4. Select an existing variable in the "User variables" list and press the
+   "Edit..." button to edit it.  Or press the "New..." button to add a new
+   variable.
+5. After you finished editing variables, press the "OK" button to save the
+   changes.

 ==============================================================================
 2. Using backslashes					*dos-backslash*
--- a/runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+*os_haiku.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 13
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+							*Haiku*
+This file contains the particularities for the Haiku version of Vim.  For
+matters not discussed in this file, Vim behaves very much like the Unix
+|os_unix.txt| version.
+
+Haiku is an open-source operating system inspired by BeOS, that specifically
+targets personal computing.
+
+ 1. General			|haiku-general|
+ 2. Compiling Vim		|haiku-compiling|
+ 3. The Haiku GUI		|haiku-gui|
+ 4. The $VIM directory		|haiku-vimdir|
+ 5. The $USER_SETTINGS_DIR
+    directory			|haiku-user-settings-dir|
+ 6. Drag & Drop			|haiku-dragndrop|
+ 7. Single Launch vs. Multiple
+    Launch			|haiku-launch|
+ 8. Fonts			|haiku-fonts|
+ 9. The meta key modifier	|haiku-meta|
+10. Mouse key mappings		|haiku-mouse|
+11. Color names			|haiku-colors|
+12. GUI Toolbar Images		|haiku-toolbar-images|
+13. Credits			|haiku-support-credits|
+14. Bugs & to-do		|haiku-bugs|
+
+
+1. General						*haiku-general*
+
+The default syntax highlighting mostly works with different foreground colors
+to highlight items.  This works best if you set your Terminal window to a
+darkish background and light letters.  Some middle-grey background (for
+instance (r,g,b)=(168,168,168)) with black letters also works nicely.
+
+
+2. Compiling Vim					*haiku-compiling*
+
+Vim can be compiled using the standard configure/make approach. Running
+./configure without any arguments or passing --enable-gui=haiku, will compile
+vim with the Haiku GUI support.  Run ./configure --help , to find out other
+features you can enable/disable.
+
+Haiku uses "ncurses6" as its terminal library, therefore you need to have
+"ncurses6_devel" package installed from HaikuDepot in order to configure
+the Haiku build.  Just append "--with-tlib=ncurses6" to ./configure command
+
+Now you should use "make" to compile Vim, then "make install" to install it.
+For seamless integration into Haiku, the GUI-less vim binary should be
+additionally installed over the GUI version.  Typical build commands are:
+
+  ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY` \
+    --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
+    --mandir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`/documentation/man \
+  make clean
+  make install
+
+  ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`  \
+    --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
+    --mandir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`/documentation/man \
+    --disable-gui
+  make clean
+  make install
+
+
+3. The Haiku GUI					*haiku-gui*
+
+Normally Vim starts with the GUI if you start it as gvim or vim -g.  The vim
+version with GUI tries to determine if it was started from the Tracker instead
+of the Terminal, and if so, uses the GUI anyway.  However, the current detection
+scheme is fooled if you use the command "vim - </dev/null".
+
+Stuff that does not work yet:
+
+- Mouse up events are not generated when outside the window.  You can notice
+  this when selecting text and moving the cursor outside the window, then
+  letting go of the mouse button.  Another way is when you drag the scrollbar
+  and do the same thing.  Because Vim still thinks you are still playing with
+  the scrollbar it won't change it itself.  There is a workaround which kicks
+  in when the window is activated or deactivated (so it works best with focus-
+  follows-mouse turned on).
+- The cursor does not flash.
+
+
+4. The $VIM directory					*haiku-vimdir*
+
+$VIM is the symbolic name for the place where Vim's support files are stored.
+The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with:
+
+  :version
+
+The normal value is /boot/system/data/vim for Haikuports version, 
+/boot/system/non-packaged/data/vim for manual builds.  If you don't like it
+you can set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile'
+in your .vimrc: >
+
+  :if version >= 500
+  :    set helpfile=~/vim/runtime/doc/help.txt
+  :    syntax on
+  :endif
+
+
+5. The $USER_SETTINGS_DIR directory		*haiku-user-settings-dir*
+
+$USER_SETTINGS_DIR is the symbolic name for the place where Haiku
+configuration and settings files are stored.
+
+The normal value is /boot/home/config/settings.
+
+
+6. Drag & Drop						*haiku-dragndrop*
+
+You can drop files and directories on either the Vim icon (starts a new Vim
+session, unless you use the File Types application to set Vim to be "Single
+Launch") or on the Vim window (starts editing the files).  Dropping a folder
+sets Vim's current working directory |:cd| |:pwd|.  If you drop files or
+folders with either SHIFT key pressed, Vim changes directory to the folder
+that contains the first item dropped.  When starting Vim, there is no need to
+press shift: Vim behaves as if you do.
+
+Files dropped set the current argument list. |argument-list|
+
+
+7. Single Launch vs. Multiple Launch			*haiku-launch*
+
+As distributed Vim's Application Flags (as seen in the FileTypes preference)
+are set to Multiple Launch.  If you prefer, you can set them to Single Launch
+instead.  Attempts to start a second copy of Vim will cause the first Vim to
+open the files instead.  This works from the Tracker but also from the command
+line.  In the latter case, non-file (option) arguments are not supported.
+Another drawback of the Single Launch is silent ignore of "Open With ..."
+requests by vim instance that running as non-GUI application even GUI support
+was compiled in. Vim instance running with GUI has no such problems.
+
+NB: Only the GUI version has a BApplication (and hence Application Flags).
+This section does not apply to the GUI-less version, should you compile one.
+
+
+8. Fonts						*haiku-fonts*
+
+Set fonts with >
+
+  :set guifont=DejaVu_Sans_Mono/Book/12
+
+where the first part is the font family, the second part the style, and the
+third part the size.  You can use underscores instead of spaces in family and
+style.
+
+Best results are obtained with monospaced fonts.  Vim attempts to use all
+fonts in B_FIXED_SPACING mode but apparently this does not work for
+proportional fonts (despite what the BeBook says).
+
+To verify which encodings are supported by the current font give the >
+
+  :digraphs
+
+command, which lists a bunch of characters with their ISO Latin 1 encoding.
+If, for instance, there are "box" characters among them, or the last character
+isn't a dotted-y, then for this font the encoding does not work.
+
+If the font you specify is unavailable, you get the system fixed font.
+
+GUI Font Selection Dialog is available at giving the:
+
+  :set guifont=*
+
+command.
+
+
+9. The meta key modifier				*haiku-meta*
+
+The META key modifier is obtained by the left or right OPTION keys.  This is
+because the ALT (aka COMMAND) keys are not passed to applications.
+
+
+10. Mouse key mappings					*haiku-mouse*
+
+Vim calls the various mouse buttons LeftMouse, MiddleMouse and RightMouse.  If
+you use the default Mouse preference settings these names indeed correspond to
+reality.  Vim uses this mapping:
+
+    Button 1 -> LeftMouse,
+    Button 2 -> RightMouse,
+    Button 3 -> MiddleMouse.
+
+If your mouse has fewer than 3 buttons you can provide your own mapping from
+mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the file
+$VIM/macros/swapmous.vim for an example.		|gui-mouse-mapping|
+
+
+11. Color names						*haiku-colors*
+
+Vim has a number of color names built-in.  Additional names are read from the
+file $VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt, if present.  This file is basically the color
+database from X.  Names used from this file are cached for efficiency.
+
+
+12. GUI Toolbar Images					*haiku-toolbar-images*
+
+Alternative set of toolbar images should be the PNG image of any height you
+like. Image width is calculated to contain at least 32 buttons in one-row
+cells.
+The image should be stored under the name $VIRUNTIME/bitmaps/builtin-tools.png
+More info about the buttons assignment are at |builtin-tools|.
+
+
+13. Credits						*haiku-support-credits*
+
+Haiku port is based on work done for BeOS version by many people
+ - BeBox GUI support Copyright 1998 by Olaf Seibert;
+ - Ported to R4 by Richard Offer <richard@whitequeen.com> Jul 99;
+ - Those who contributed, not listed above but not forgotten;
+ - Haiku support by Siarzhuk Zharski <imker@gmx.li> Apr-Mai 2009.
+
+All the changes and patches released under vim-license.
+
+Thank you, all!
+
+
+14. Bugs & to-do					*haiku-bugs*
+ 
+The port is under development now and far away from the perfect state. For bug
+reports, patches and wishes, please use the Vim mailing list or Vim Github
+repository.
+ 
+Mailing list: https://www.vim.org/maillist.php
+Vim Github repository: https://github.com/vim/vim
+
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/os_win32.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_win32.txt
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ you will need to get a version older than that.

 				*win32s* *windows-3.1* *gui-w32s* *win16*
 There was a special version of gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
-Support was removed in patch 7.4.1363.
+Support was removed in patch 7.4.1364.

 ==============================================================================
 7. Win32 mini FAQ					*win32-faq*
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ A. VisionFS can't handle certain dot (.) three letter extension file names.
   SCO declares this behavior required for backwards compatibility with 16bit
   DOS/Windows environments.  The two commands below demonstrate the behavior:
 >
-	echo Hello > file.bat~ 
+	echo Hello > file.bat~
 	dir > file.bat
 <
   The result is that the "dir" command updates the "file.bat~" file, instead
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
-Authors:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
-	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
+	 (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
 Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-*pi_logipat.txt*	Logical Patterns			Jun 22, 2015
+*pi_logipat.txt*	Logical Patterns			May 01, 2019

-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2016 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
           The VIM LICENSE applies to LogiPat.vim and LogiPat.txt
           (see |copyright|) except use "LogiPat" instead of "Vim"
 	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
@@ -28,12 +28,14 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
 			grouping   ( ... )
 			patterns   "pattern"

+	*logiPat-cmd*
 	:LogiPat {boolean-logic pattern}		*:LogiPat*
 		:LogiPat is a command which takes a boolean-logic
 		argument (|logiPat-arg|).

 	:LP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LP*
 		:LP is a shorthand command version of :LogiPat
+		(|logiPat-cmd|).

 	:LPE {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LPE*
 		No search is done, but the conversion from the
@@ -69,7 +71,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
 <		will search for lines containing the string  :abc:
 >
 	:LogiPat "ab""cd"
-<		will search for lines containing the string  :ab"c:
+<		will search for lines containing the string  :ab"cd:
 >
 	:LogiPat !"abc"
 <		will search for lines which don't contain the string  :abc:
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 10
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 14

 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
 	    ------------------------------------------------
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)

 Copyright: Copyright (C) 2017 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
@@ -1565,8 +1565,8 @@ So, for example: >
 	file.rcs,v  ->  NFH_rcsCOMMAv()
 <
 If more such translations are necessary, please send me email: >
-		NdrOchip at ScampbellPfamily.AbizM - NOSPAM
-with a request.
+		NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM
+with a request.  (remove the embedded NOSPAM first)

 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_browsex_viewer|

@@ -3229,7 +3229,8 @@ If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
 	R   [query: reply with s/^\(.*\)\.c$/\1.cpp/]
 <
    This example will mark all *.c files and then rename them to *.cpp
-    files.
+    files.  Netrw will protect you from overwriting local files without
+    confirmation, but not remote ones.

    The ctrl-X character has special meaning for renaming files: >

@@ -3512,7 +3513,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			- Click "Add..."
 			- Set External Editor (adjust path as needed, include
 			  the quotes and !.! at the end):
-			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim81\gvim.exe" !.!
+			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim82\gvim.exe" !.!
 			- Check that the filetype in the box below is
 			  {asterisk}.{asterisk} (all files), or whatever types
 			  you want (cec: change {asterisk} to * ; I had to
@@ -3836,12 +3837,18 @@ netrw:

 	   Please send that information to <netrw.vim>'s maintainer along
 	   with the o/s you're using and the vim version that you're using
-	   (see |:version|) >
-		NdrOchip at ScampbellPfamily.AbizM - NOSPAM
+	   (see |:version|)  (remove the embedded NOSPAM first) >
+		NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM
 <
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1

+	v169:	Dec 20, 2019	* (reported by amkarthik) that netrw's x
+				  (|netrw-x|) would throw an error when
+				  attempting to open a local directory.
+	v168:	Dec 12, 2019	* scp timeout error message not reported,
+				  hopefully now fixed (Shane Xb Qian)
+
 	v167:	Nov 29, 2019	* netrw does a save&restore on @* and @+.
 				  That causes problems with the clipboard.
 				  Now restores occurs only if @* or @+ have
@@ -4279,7 +4286,7 @@ netrw:
 	Vim editor	by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
 	dav		support by C Campbell
 	fetch		support by Bram Moolenaar and C Campbell
-	ftp		support by C Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+	ftp		support by C Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	http		support by Bram Moolenaar <bram@moolenaar.net>
 	rcp
 	rsync		support by C Campbell (suggested by Erik Warendorph)
@@ -4299,4 +4306,4 @@ netrw:

 ==============================================================================
 Modelines: {{{1
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 07

 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
 		       +====================+

-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
+Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including tarPlugin.vim, tar.vim, and pi_tar.txt.  Like
 	anything else that's except use "tar.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like
@@ -104,48 +104,67 @@ Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 4. History						*tar-history*

-
-   v28 Jun 23, 2011 * a few more decompression options (tbz tb2 txz)
-   v27 May 31, 2011 * moved cygwin detection before g:tar_copycmd handling
-   		    * inserted additional |:keepj| modifiers
-		    * changed silent  to  sil!  (|:silent|)
-   v26 Aug 09, 2010 * uses buffer-local instead of window variables to hold
-		      tarfile name
-		    * inserted keepj before 0d to protect jump list
-   v25 Jun 19, 2010 * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
-   v24 Apr 07, 2009 * :Untarvim command implemented
-       Sep 28, 2009 * Added lzma support
-   v22 Aug 08, 2008 * security fixes
-   v16 Jun 06, 2008 * tarfile:: used instead of tarfile: when editing files
-		      inside tarballs.  Fixes a problem with tarballs called
-		      things like c:\abc.tar. (tnx to Bill McCarthy)
-   v14 May 09, 2008 * arno caught a security bug
-       May 28, 2008 * various security improvements.  Now requires patch 299
-		      which provides the fnameescape() function
-       May 30, 2008 * allows one to view *.gz and *.bz2 files that are in
-		    *.tar files.
-   v12 Sep 07, 2007 * &shq now used if not the empty string for g:tar_shq
-   v10 May 02, 2006 * now using "redraw then echo" to show messages, instead
-		      of "echo and prompt user"
-   v9 May 02, 2006 * improved detection of masquerading as tar file
-   v8 May 02, 2006 * allows editing of files that merely masquerade as tar
-		     files
-   v7 Mar 22, 2006 * work on making tar plugin work across network
-      Mar 27, 2006 * g:tar_cmd now available for users to change the name
-		     of the tar program to be used.  By default, of course,
-		     it's "tar".
-   v6 Dec 21, 2005 * writing to files not in directories caused problems -
-		     fixed (pointed out by Christian Robinson)
-   v5 Nov 22, 2005 * report option workaround installed
-   v3 Sep 16, 2005 * handles writing files in an archive back to the
-		     archive
-      Oct 18, 2005 * <amatch> used instead of <afile> in autocmds
-      Oct 18, 2005 * handles writing to compressed archives
-      Nov 03, 2005 * handles writing tarfiles across a network using
-		     netrw#NetWrite()
-   v2              * converted to use Vim7's new autoload feature by
-		     Bram Moolenaar
-   v1 (original)   * Michael Toren (see http://michael.toren.net/code/)
+	v31	Apr 02, 2017	* (klartext) reported that browsing encrypted
+				  files in a zip archive created unencrypted
+				  swap files.  I am applying a similar fix
+				  used on zip.vim to tar.vim: new buffers
+				  are opened with |:noswapfile|.
+		May 16, 2017	* When the mouse option isn't empty, the
+				  leftmouse can be used to select a file
+				  in the tar-file listing.
+	v30	Apr 22, 2014	* .tgz files are ambiguous: they may have been
+				  compressed with either gzip or bzip2.  Tar.vim
+				  disambiguates by using unix's "file" command.
+		Feb 18, 2016	* Changed =~ to =~# where appropriate
+		Feb 18, 2017	* Now also permits xz decompression
+	v28	Jun 23, 2011	* a few more decompression options (tbz tb2 txz)
+	v27	May 31, 2011	* moved cygwin detection before g:tar_copycmd
+				  handling
+				* inserted additional |:keepj| modifiers
+				* changed silent  to  sil!  (|:silent|)
+	v26	Aug 09, 2010	* uses buffer-local instead of window variables
+				  to hold tarfile name
+				* inserted keepj before 0d to protect jump list
+	v25	Jun 19, 2010	* (Jan Steffens) added support for xz
+				  compression
+	v24	Apr 07, 2009	* :Untarvim command implemented
+		Sep 28, 2009	* Added lzma support
+	v22	Aug 08, 2008	* security fixes
+	v16	Jun 06, 2008	* tarfile:: used instead of tarfile: when
+				  editing files inside tarballs.  Fixes a
+				  problem with tarballs called things like
+				  c:\abc.tar. (tnx to Bill McCarthy)
+	v14	May 09, 2008	* arno caught a security bug
+		May 28, 2008	* various security improvements.  Now requires
+				  patch 299 which provides the fnameescape()
+				  function
+		May 30, 2008	* allows one to view *.gz and *.bz2 files that
+				  are in *.tar files.
+	v12	Sep 07, 2007	* &shq now used if not the empty string for
+				  g:tar_shq
+	v10	May 02, 2006	* now using "redraw then echo" to show messages,
+				  instead of "echo and prompt user"
+	v9	May 02, 2006	* improved detection of masquerading as tar file
+	v8	May 02, 2006	* allows editing of files that merely masquerade
+				  as tar files
+	v7	Mar 22, 2006	* work on making tar plugin work across network
+		Mar 27, 2006	* g:tar_cmd now available for users to change
+				  the name of the tar program to be used.  By
+				  default, of course, it's "tar".
+	v6	Dec 21, 2005	* writing to files not in directories caused
+				  problems - fixed (pointed out by
+				  Christian Robinson)
+	v5	Nov 22, 2005	* report option workaround installed
+	v3	Sep 16, 2005	* handles writing files in an archive back to
+				  the archive
+		Oct 18, 2005	* <amatch> used instead of <afile> in autocmds
+		Oct 18, 2005	* handles writing to compressed archives
+		Nov 03, 2005	* handles writing tarfiles across a network
+				  using netrw#NetWrite()
+	v2			* converted to use Vim7's new autoload feature
+				  by Bram Moolenaar
+	v1	(original)	* Michael Toren
+				  (see http://michael.toren.net/code/)

 ==============================================================================
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 			       Vimball Archiver
 			       ----------------

-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell		*Vimball-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Sep 13
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 07

 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
 				+====================+

-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
@@ -33,10 +33,11 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
   also write to the file.  Currently, one may not make a new file in
   zip archives via the plugin.

+   COMMANDS~
 								*zip-x*
-   x : may extract a listed file when the cursor is atop it
+   x : extract a listed file when the cursor is atop it

-   OPTIONS
+   OPTIONS~

   							*g:zip_nomax*

@@ -101,6 +102,10 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*

 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v29 Apr 02, 2017 * (Klartext) reported that an encrypted zip file could
+   		      opened but the swapfile held unencrypted contents.
+		      The solution is to edit the contents of a zip file
+		      using the |:noswapfile| modifier.
   v28 Oct 08, 2014 * changed the sanity checks for executables to reflect
   		      the command actually to be attempted in zip#Read()
 		      and zip#Write()
--- a/runtime/doc/popup.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/popup.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 18


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Displaying text in a floating window.	*popup* *popup-window* *popupwin*
   Window position and size	|popup-position|
   Closing the popup window	|popup-close|
   Popup buffer and window	|popup-buffer|
+   Terminal in popup window	|popup-terminal|
 2. Functions			|popup-functions|
   Details			|popup-function-details|
 3. Usage			|popup-usage|
@@ -140,6 +141,31 @@ And options can be set on the buffer with `setbufvar()`, e.g.: >
 You can also use `win_execute()` with a ":setlocal" command.


+TERMINAL IN POPUP WINDOW				 *popup-terminal*
+
+A special case is running a terminal in a popup window.  Many rules are then
+different:						*E863*
+- The popup window always has focus, it is not possible to switch to another
+  window.
+- When the job ends, the popup window closes.
+- The popup window can be closed with `popup_close()`, the terminal buffer
+  then becomes hidden.
+- It is not possible to open a second popup window with a terminal. *E861*
+- The default Pmenu color is only used for the border and padding.  To change
+  the color of the terminal itself set the Terminal highlight group before
+  creating the terminal.  Setting 'wincolor' later can work but requires the
+  program in the terminal to redraw everything.
+- The default minimal size is 5 lines of 20 characters; Use the "minwidth" and
+  "minheight" parameters to set a different value.
+- The terminal size will grow if the program running in the terminal writes
+  text.  Set "maxheight" and "maxwidth" to restrict the size.
+
+To run a terminal in a popup window, first create the terminal hidden.  Then
+pass the buffer number to popup_create().  Example: >
+	hi link Terminal Search
+	let buf = term_start(['picker', 'Something'], #{hidden: 1, term_finish: 'close'})
+	let winid = popup_create(buf, #{minwidth: 50, minheight: 20})
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Functions						*popup-functions*

@@ -172,6 +198,7 @@ Other:
 	|popup_getoptions()|	get current options for a popup
 	|popup_getpos()|	get actual position and size of a popup
 	|popup_locate()|	find popup window at a screen position
+	|popup_list()|		get list of all popups


 DETAILS						*popup-function-details*
@@ -210,8 +237,15 @@ popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
 			GetText()->popup_beval({})
 <
 							*popup_clear()*
-popup_clear()	Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
+popup_clear([{force}])
+		Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
 		windows for the current tab and global popups.
+		Close callbacks are not invoked.
+		When {force} is not present this will fail if the current
+		window is a popup.
+		When {force} is present and |TRUE| the popup is also closed
+		when it is the current window.  If a terminal is running in a
+		popup it is killed.


 popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
@@ -385,10 +419,15 @@ popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		hidden.
 		If window {id} does not exist nothing happens.  If window {id}
 		exists but is not a popup window an error is given. *E993*
+		If popup window {id} contains a terminal an error is given.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_hide()

+popup_list()						 *popup_list()*
+		Return a List with the |window-ID| of all existing popups.
+
+
 popup_locate({row}, {col})				 *popup_locate()*
 		Return the |window-ID| of the popup at screen position {row}
 		and {col}.  If there are multiple popups the one with the
@@ -509,6 +548,8 @@ popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
 			wrap
 			zindex
 		The options from |popup_move()| can also be used.
+		Generally, setting an option to zero or an empty string resets
+		it to the default value, but there are exceptions.
 		For "hidden" use |popup_hide()| and |popup_show()|.
 		"tabpage" cannot be changed.

@@ -546,21 +587,22 @@ properties.  It is in one of four forms:

 If you want to create a new buffer yourself use |bufadd()| and pass the buffer
 number to popup_create().
-It is not possible to use the buffer of a terminal window. *E278*
+It is not possible to use the buffer of a terminal window. *E278*  You CAN
+create a hidden terminal buffer and use that one in a popup window.

 The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	line		Screen line where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor", "cursor+1" or "cursor-1" to use
 			the line of the cursor and add or subtract a number of
-			lines.  If omitted the popup is vertically centered.
-			The first line is 1.
+			lines.  If omitted or zero the popup is vertically
+			centered.  The first line is 1.
 			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
 			text property and can be negative.
 	col		Screen column where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor" to use the column of the cursor,
 			"cursor+9" or "cursor-9" to add or subtract a number
-			of columns.  If omitted the popup is horizontally
-			centered.  The first column is 1.
+			of columns.  If omitted or zero the popup is
+			horizontally centered.  The first column is 1.
 			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
 			text property and can be negative.
 	pos		"topleft", "topright", "botleft" or "botright":
--- a/runtime/doc/print.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/print.txt
@@ -627,16 +627,9 @@ MS-Windows

    http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/

-DOS
-
- ps_view.  Obtainable from:
-
-    ftp://ftp.pg.gda.pl/pub/TeX/support/ps_view/
-    ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/support/ps_view/
-
 Linux

- GSview.  Linux version of the popular MS-Windows.
+- GSview.  Linux version of the popular MS-Windows previewer.
  Obtainable from:

    http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/
--- a/runtime/doc/quickfix.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/quickfix.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -229,8 +229,16 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.

 							*:cq* *:cquit*
-:cq[uit][!]		Quit Vim with an error code, so that the compiler
-			will not compile the same file again.
+:cq[uit][!]
+:{N}cq[uit][!]
+:cq[uit][!] {N}		Quit Vim with error code {N}.  {N} defaults to one.
+			Useful when Vim is called from another program:
+			e.g., a compiler will not compile the same file again,
+			`git commit` will abort the committing process, `fc`
+			(built-in for shells like bash and zsh) will not
+			execute the command, etc.
+			{N} can also be zero, in which case Vim exits
+			normally.
 			WARNING: All changes in files are lost!  Also when the
 			[!] is not used.  It works like ":qall!" |:qall|,
 			except that Vim returns a non-zero exit code.
@@ -935,11 +943,11 @@ or simpler >
 "$*" can be given multiple times, for example: >
   :set makeprg=gcc\ -o\ $*\ $*

-The 'shellpipe' option defaults to ">" for the Amiga and Win32.  This means
-that the output of the compiler is saved in a file and not shown on the screen
-directly.  For Unix "| tee" is used.  The compiler output is shown on the
-screen and saved in a file the same time.  Depending on the shell used "|&
-tee" or "2>&1| tee" is the default, so stderr output will be included.
+The 'shellpipe' option defaults to ">" for the Amiga and ">%s 2>&1" for Win32.
+This means that the output of the compiler is saved in a file and not shown on
+the screen directly.  For Unix "| tee" is used.  The compiler output is shown
+on the screen and saved in a file the same time.  Depending on the shell used
+"|& tee" or "2>&1| tee" is the default, so stderr output will be included.

 If 'shellpipe' is empty, the {errorfile} part will be omitted.  This is useful
 for compilers that write to an errorfile themselves (e.g., Manx's Amiga C).
@@ -1099,7 +1107,7 @@ id-utils) in a similar way to its compiler integration (see |:make| above).
 			allowed with |:bufdo|.
 			An example that uses the argument list and avoids
 			errors for files without matches: >
-                                :silent argdo try
+				:silent argdo try
 				  \ | grepadd! something %
 				  \ | catch /E480:/
 				  \ | endtry"
@@ -1302,7 +1310,7 @@ You can force the compiler to ignore makefiles by defining
 b:tex_ignore_makefile or g:tex_ignore_makefile variable (they are checked for
 existence only).

-If the compiler chose not to use make, it need to choose a right program for
+If the compiler chose not to use make, it needs to choose a right program for
 processing your input.  If b:tex_flavor or g:tex_flavor (in this precedence)
 variable exists, it defines TeX flavor for :make (actually, this is the name
 of executed command), and if both variables do not exist, it defaults to
--- a/runtime/doc/quickref.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/quickref.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 17


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1057,8 +1057,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 				   search
 |<Del>|		   <Del>	while entering a count: delete last character
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	show version information
-|:mode|		:mode N		MS-Windows: set screen mode to N (number, C80,
-				C4350, etc.)
+|:mode|		:mode N		set screen mode to N (obsolete)
 |:normal|	:norm[al][!] {commands}
 				execute Normal mode commands
 |Q|		   Q		switch to "Ex" mode
--- a/runtime/doc/recover.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/recover.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -125,12 +125,12 @@ If you want to make sure that your changes are in the swap file use this
 command:

 					*:pre* *:preserve* *E313* *E314*
-:pre[serve]		Write all text for all buffers into swap file.  The
-			original file is no longer needed for recovery.
-			This sets a flag in the current buffer.  When the '&'
-			flag is present in 'cpoptions' the swap file will not
-			be deleted for this buffer when Vim exits and the
-			buffer is still loaded |cpo-&|.
+:pre[serve]		Write all text for the current buffer into its swap
+			file.  The original file is no longer needed for
+			recovery.  This sets a flag in the current buffer.
+			When the '&' flag is present in 'cpoptions' the swap
+			file will not be deleted for this buffer when Vim
+			exits and the buffer is still loaded |cpo-&|.

 A Vim swap file can be recognized by the first six characters: "b0VIM ".
 After that comes the version number, e.g., "3.0".
--- a/runtime/doc/repeat.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/repeat.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ q{0-9a-zA-Z"}		Record typed characters into register {0-9a-zA-Z"}
 			recorded macro and the yank will overwrite the
 			recorded macro.

+			Note: The recording happens while you type, replaying
+			the register happens as if the keys come from a
+			mapping.  This matters, for example, for undo, which
+			only syncs when commands were typed.
+
 q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			stops recording is not stored in the register, unless
 			it was the result of a mapping)
@@ -137,7 +142,7 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			used.
 			The register is executed like a mapping, that means
 			that the difference between 'wildchar' and 'wildcharm'
-			applies.
+			applies, and undo might not be synced in the same way.
 			For "@=" you are prompted to enter an expression.  The
 			result of the expression is then executed.
 			See also |@:|.
@@ -166,7 +171,7 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			[addr] (default is current line).

 :[addr]@							*:@@*
-:[addr]@@		Repeat the previous :@{0-9a-z"}.  First set cursor at
+:[addr]@@		Repeat the previous :@{register}.  First set cursor at
 			line [addr] (default is current line).

 ==============================================================================
--- a/runtime/doc/spell.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/spell.txt
@@ -326,25 +326,25 @@ Exceptions:
  spell file is used.

 For example, with these values:
-	'runtimepath' is "~/.vim,/usr/share/vim81,~/.vim/after"
+	'runtimepath' is "~/.vim,/usr/share/vim82,~/.vim/after"
 	'encoding'    is "iso-8859-2"
 	'spelllang'   is "pl"

 Vim will look for:
 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl
-2. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl
+2. /usr/share/vim82/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl
 3. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
-4. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
+4. /usr/share/vim82/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
 5. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl

 This assumes 1. is not found and 2. is found.

 If 'encoding' is "latin1" Vim will look for:
 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.latin1.spl
-2. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.latin1.spl
+2. /usr/share/vim82/spell/pl.latin1.spl
 3. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.latin1.spl
 4. ~/.vim/spell/pl.ascii.spl
-5. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.ascii.spl
+5. /usr/share/vim82/spell/pl.ascii.spl
 6. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.ascii.spl

 This assumes none of them are found (Polish doesn't make sense when leaving
--- a/runtime/doc/starting.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/starting.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 11
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 04


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -58,10 +58,12 @@ filename	One or more file names.  The first one will be the current
 		that is read from stdin.  The commands that would normally be
 		read from stdin will now be read from stderr.  Example: >
 			find . -name "*.c" -print | vim -
-<		The buffer will not be marked as modified, so that it's easy
-		to exit.  Be careful to mark it as modified if you don't want
-		to accidentally lose it.  Example: >
-			ls | view -
+
+<		The buffer will be marked as modified, so that you are
+		reminded to save the text when trying to exit.  If you don't
+		like that, put this these lines in your vimrc: >
+			" Don't set 'modified' when reading from stdin
+			au StdinReadPost * set nomodified
 <
 		Starting in Ex mode: >
 			ex -
@@ -108,7 +110,7 @@ vimdiff vim -d	    Start in diff mode |diff-mode|
 gvimdiff vim -gd    Start in diff mode |diff-mode|

 Additional characters may follow, they are ignored.  For example, you can have
-"gvim-5" to start the GUI.  You must have an executable by that name then, of
+"gvim-8" to start the GUI.  You must have an executable by that name then, of
 course.

 On Unix, you would normally have one executable called Vim, and links from the
@@ -788,6 +790,7 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 				or $VIM/_vimrc
 		Amiga		s:.vimrc, home:.vimrc, home:vimfiles:vimrc
 				or $VIM/.vimrc
+		Haiku		$HOME/config/settings/vim/vimrc

 	The files are searched in the order specified above and only the first
 	one that is found is read.
@@ -833,6 +836,8 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 		    "$HOME/_vimrc"	   (for Win32) (*)
 		    "$HOME/vimfiles/vimrc" (for Win32) (*)
 		    "$VIM/_vimrc"	   (for Win32) (*)
+		    "$HOME/config/settings/vim/vimrc"	(for Haiku) (*)
+
 		Note: For Unix and Amiga, when ".vimrc" does not exist,
 		"_vimrc" is also tried, in case an MS-DOS compatible file
 		system is used.  For MS-Windows ".vimrc" is checked after
@@ -948,6 +953,8 @@ sessions.  Put it in a place so that it will be found by 3b:
 	~/.vimrc	(Unix)
 	s:.vimrc	(Amiga)
 	$VIM\_vimrc	(Win32)
+	~/config/settings/vim/vimrc (Haiku)
+
 Note that creating a vimrc file will cause the 'compatible' option to be off
 by default.  See |compatible-default|.

@@ -1140,12 +1147,12 @@ will try to get the value for $VIM in this order:
   variable too (the default is "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt": chicken-egg
   problem).  The file name ("help.txt" or any other) is removed.  Then
   trailing directory names are removed, in this order: "doc", "runtime" and
-   "vim{version}" (e.g., "vim54").
+   "vim{version}" (e.g., "vim82").
 3. For Win32 Vim tries to use the directory name of the executable.  If it
   ends in "/src", this is removed.  This is useful if you unpacked the .zip
   file in some directory, and adjusted the search path to find the vim
   executable.  Trailing directory names are removed, in this order: "runtime"
-   and "vim{version}" (e.g., "vim54").
+   and "vim{version}" (e.g., "vim82").
 4. For Unix the compile-time defined installation directory is used (see the
   output of ":version").

@@ -1163,7 +1170,7 @@ is the order used to find the value of $VIMRUNTIME:
 1. If the environment variable $VIMRUNTIME is set, it is used.  You can use
   this when the runtime files are in an unusual location.
 2. If "$VIM/vim{version}" exists, it is used.  {version} is the version
-   number of Vim, without any '-' or '.'.  For example: "$VIM/vim54".  This is
+   number of Vim, without any '-' or '.'.  For example: "$VIM/vim82".  This is
   the normal value for $VIMRUNTIME.
 3. If "$VIM/runtime" exists, it is used.
 4. The value of $VIM is used.  This is for backwards compatibility with older
@@ -1175,11 +1182,11 @@ For Unix, when there is a compiled-in default for $VIMRUNTIME (check the
 output of ":version"), steps 2, 3 and 4 are skipped, and the compiled-in
 default is used after step 5.  This means that the compiled-in default
 overrules the value of $VIM.  This is useful if $VIM is "/etc" and the runtime
-files are in "/usr/share/vim/vim54".
+files are in "/usr/share/vim/vim82".

 Once Vim has done this once, it will set the $VIMRUNTIME environment variable.
 To change it later, use a ":let" command like this: >
-	:let $VIMRUNTIME = "/home/piet/vim/vim54"
+	:let $VIMRUNTIME = "/home/piet/vim/vim82"

 In case you need the value of $VIMRUNTIME in a shell (e.g., for a script that
 greps in the help files) you might be able to use this: >
@@ -1208,8 +1215,8 @@ CTRL-Z			Suspend Vim, like ":stop".
 			buffers are not written, don't forget to bring Vim
 			back to the foreground later!

-In the GUI, suspending is implemented as iconising gvim.  In Windows 95/NT,
-gvim is minimized.
+In the GUI, suspending is implemented as iconising gvim.  In MS-Windows, gvim
+is minimized.

 On many Unix systems, it is possible to suspend Vim with CTRL-Z.  This is only
 possible in Normal and Visual mode (see next chapter, |vim-modes|).  Vim will
@@ -1570,8 +1577,8 @@ remembered.
 VIMINFO FILE NAME					*viminfo-file-name*

 - The default name of the viminfo file is "$HOME/.viminfo" for Unix,
-  "s:.viminfo" for Amiga, "$HOME\_viminfo" for Win32.  For the last two, when
-  $HOME is not set, "$VIM\_viminfo" is used.  When $VIM is also not set,
+  "s:.viminfo" for Amiga, "$HOME\_viminfo" for Win32.  For Win32, when $HOME
+  is not set, "$VIM\_viminfo" is used.  When $VIM is also not set,
  "c:\_viminfo" is used.
 - The 'n' flag in the 'viminfo' option can be used to specify another viminfo
  file name |'viminfo'|.
--- a/runtime/doc/syntax.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/syntax.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 19
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
 the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|).  Usually this works just
 fine.  If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
 directory where the Vim stuff is located.  For example, if your syntax files
-are in the "/usr/vim/vim81/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
-"/usr/vim/vim81".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
+are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
+"/usr/vim/vim82".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
 This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
 will start soon.  See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.

@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
 and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
 an error when using other characters.

-To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
+To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
 These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
 you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
@@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.

 PAPP						*papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*

-The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extend, .pxml
+The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
 and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
 as the top-level file format.  By default everything inside phtml or pxml
 sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands.  If
@@ -2687,12 +2687,12 @@ Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace

 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*

-The Quake syntax definition should work for most any FPS (First Person
-Shooter) based on one of the Quake engines.  However, the command names vary
-a bit between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the
-syntax definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow
-users to specify what commands are legal in their files.  The three variables
-can be set for the following effects:
+The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
+based on one of the Quake engines.  However, the command names vary a bit
+between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
+definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
+to specify what commands are legal in their files.  The three variables can
+be set for the following effects:

 set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
 	:let quake_is_quake1 = 1
@@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ variables in your <.vimrc>:

   ksh: >
 	let g:is_kornshell = 1
-<   posix:  (using this is the nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
+<   posix:  (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
 	let g:is_posix     = 1
 <   bash: >
 	let g:is_bash	   = 1
@@ -4512,8 +4512,8 @@ two different ways:
 	  (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
 	  All matching files are loaded.  Using a relative path is
 	  recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
-	  with his own version, without replacing the file that does the ":syn
-	  include".
+	  with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
+	  ":syn include".

 						*E847*
 The maximum number of includes is 999.
--- a/runtime/doc/tabpage.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/tabpage.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ something else.
 		    :+tabclose	    " close the next tab page
 		    :1tabclose	    " close the first tab page
 		    :$tabclose	    " close the last tab page
-		    :tabclose -2    " close the two previous tab page
+		    :tabclose -2    " close the 2nd previous tab page 
 		    :tabclose +	    " close the next tab page
 		    :tabclose 3	    " close the third tab page
 		    :tabclose $	    " close the last tab page
--- a/runtime/doc/tags
+++ b/runtime/doc/tags
@@ -1267,6 +1267,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +X11	various.txt	/*+X11*
 +acl	various.txt	/*+acl*
 +arabic	various.txt	/*+arabic*
+autochdir	various.txt	/*+autochdir*
 +autocmd	various.txt	/*+autocmd*
 +autoservername	various.txt	/*+autoservername*
 +balloon_eval	various.txt	/*+balloon_eval*
@@ -1314,6 +1315,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +iconv	various.txt	/*+iconv*
 +iconv/dyn	various.txt	/*+iconv\/dyn*
 +insert_expand	various.txt	/*+insert_expand*
+ipv6	various.txt	/*+ipv6*
 +job	various.txt	/*+job*
 +jumplist	various.txt	/*+jumplist*
 +keymap	various.txt	/*+keymap*
@@ -2270,6 +2272,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :command-completion-custom	map.txt	/*:command-completion-custom*
 :command-completion-customlist	map.txt	/*:command-completion-customlist*
 :command-count	map.txt	/*:command-count*
+:command-modifiers	map.txt	/*:command-modifiers*
 :command-nargs	map.txt	/*:command-nargs*
 :command-range	map.txt	/*:command-range*
 :command-register	map.txt	/*:command-register*
@@ -2313,6 +2316,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :debug-name	repeat.txt	/*:debug-name*
 :debugg	repeat.txt	/*:debugg*
 :debuggreedy	repeat.txt	/*:debuggreedy*
+:def	vim9.txt	/*:def*
+:defc	vim9.txt	/*:defc*
+:defcompile	vim9.txt	/*:defcompile*
 :del	change.txt	/*:del*
 :delc	map.txt	/*:delc*
 :delcommand	map.txt	/*:delcommand*
@@ -2340,6 +2346,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :diffupdate	diff.txt	/*:diffupdate*
 :dig	digraph.txt	/*:dig*
 :digraphs	digraph.txt	/*:digraphs*
+:disa	vim9.txt	/*:disa*
+:disassemble	vim9.txt	/*:disassemble*
 :display	change.txt	/*:display*
 :dj	tagsrch.txt	/*:dj*
 :djump	tagsrch.txt	/*:djump*
@@ -2384,6 +2392,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :emenu	gui.txt	/*:emenu*
 :en	eval.txt	/*:en*
 :end	eval.txt	/*:end*
+:enddef	vim9.txt	/*:enddef*
 :endf	eval.txt	/*:endf*
 :endfo	eval.txt	/*:endfo*
 :endfor	eval.txt	/*:endfor*
@@ -2404,6 +2413,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :execute	eval.txt	/*:execute*
 :exi	editing.txt	/*:exi*
 :exit	editing.txt	/*:exit*
+:exp	vim9.txt	/*:exp*
+:export	vim9.txt	/*:export*
 :exu	helphelp.txt	/*:exu*
 :exusage	helphelp.txt	/*:exusage*
 :f	editing.txt	/*:f*
@@ -2506,6 +2517,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :imapclear	map.txt	/*:imapclear*
 :ime	gui.txt	/*:ime*
 :imenu	gui.txt	/*:imenu*
+:imp	vim9.txt	/*:imp*
+:import	vim9.txt	/*:import*
+:import-cycle	vim9.txt	/*:import-cycle*
 :in	insert.txt	/*:in*
 :index	index.txt	/*:index*
 :ino	map.txt	/*:ino*
@@ -3354,6 +3368,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :vie	editing.txt	/*:vie*
 :view	editing.txt	/*:view*
 :vim	quickfix.txt	/*:vim*
+:vim9	vim9.txt	/*:vim9*
+:vim9script	vim9.txt	/*:vim9script*
 :vimgrep	quickfix.txt	/*:vimgrep*
 :vimgrepa	quickfix.txt	/*:vimgrepa*
 :vimgrepadd	quickfix.txt	/*:vimgrepadd*
@@ -3834,6 +3850,7 @@ Command-line	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line*
 Command-line-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line-mode*
 CompleteChanged	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteChanged*
 CompleteDone	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDone*
+CompleteDonePre	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDonePre*
 ConPTY	terminal.txt	/*ConPTY*
 Contents	quickref.txt	/*Contents*
 Cscope	if_cscop.txt	/*Cscope*
@@ -4061,6 +4078,7 @@ E287	mbyte.txt	/*E287*
 E288	mbyte.txt	/*E288*
 E289	mbyte.txt	/*E289*
 E29	change.txt	/*E29*
+E292	message.txt	/*E292*
 E293	message.txt	/*E293*
 E294	message.txt	/*E294*
 E295	message.txt	/*E295*
@@ -4230,12 +4248,14 @@ E447	editing.txt	/*E447*
 E448	various.txt	/*E448*
 E449	eval.txt	/*E449*
 E45	message.txt	/*E45*
+E452	eval.txt	/*E452*
 E455	print.txt	/*E455*
 E456	print.txt	/*E456*
 E457	print.txt	/*E457*
 E458	message.txt	/*E458*
 E459	message.txt	/*E459*
 E46	message.txt	/*E46*
+E460	eval.txt	/*E460*
 E461	eval.txt	/*E461*
 E462	editing.txt	/*E462*
 E463	netbeans.txt	/*E463*
@@ -4347,6 +4367,7 @@ E561	if_cscop.txt	/*E561*
 E562	if_cscop.txt	/*E562*
 E563	if_cscop.txt	/*E563*
 E564	if_cscop.txt	/*E564*
+E565	insert.txt	/*E565*
 E566	if_cscop.txt	/*E566*
 E567	if_cscop.txt	/*E567*
 E568	if_cscop.txt	/*E568*
@@ -4358,6 +4379,7 @@ E574	starting.txt	/*E574*
 E575	starting.txt	/*E575*
 E576	starting.txt	/*E576*
 E577	starting.txt	/*E577*
+E578	insert.txt	/*E578*
 E579	eval.txt	/*E579*
 E580	eval.txt	/*E580*
 E581	eval.txt	/*E581*
@@ -4659,7 +4681,9 @@ E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
 E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
 E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
+E861	popup.txt	/*E861*
 E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
+E863	popup.txt	/*E863*
 E864	pattern.txt	/*E864*
 E865	pattern.txt	/*E865*
 E866	pattern.txt	/*E866*
@@ -4753,7 +4777,7 @@ E947	terminal.txt	/*E947*
 E948	terminal.txt	/*E948*
 E949	editing.txt	/*E949*
 E95	message.txt	/*E95*
-E950	message.txt	/*E950*
+E950	options.txt	/*E950*
 E951	pattern.txt	/*E951*
 E952	autocmd.txt	/*E952*
 E953	terminal.txt	/*E953*
@@ -4857,6 +4881,7 @@ GetLatestVimScripts-copyright	pi_getscript.txt	/*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
 GetLatestVimScripts_dat	pi_getscript.txt	/*GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
 Gnome	gui_x11.txt	/*Gnome*
 H	motion.txt	/*H*
+Haiku	os_haiku.txt	/*Haiku*
 I	insert.txt	/*I*
 ICCF	uganda.txt	/*ICCF*
 IM-server	mbyte.txt	/*IM-server*
@@ -5808,6 +5833,7 @@ complete-item-kind	insert.txt	/*complete-item-kind*
 complete-items	insert.txt	/*complete-items*
 complete-popup	insert.txt	/*complete-popup*
 complete-popuphidden	insert.txt	/*complete-popuphidden*
+complete-script-local-functions	cmdline.txt	/*complete-script-local-functions*
 complete_CTRL-E	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-E*
 complete_CTRL-Y	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-Y*
 complete_add()	eval.txt	/*complete_add()*
@@ -6096,6 +6122,7 @@ dtd2vim	insert.txt	/*dtd2vim*
 dying-variable	eval.txt	/*dying-variable*
 e	motion.txt	/*e*
 easy	starting.txt	/*easy*
+echoraw()	eval.txt	/*echoraw()*
 echospace-variable	eval.txt	/*echospace-variable*
 edit-a-file	editing.txt	/*edit-a-file*
 edit-binary	editing.txt	/*edit-binary*
@@ -6104,6 +6131,7 @@ edit-files	editing.txt	/*edit-files*
 edit-intro	editing.txt	/*edit-intro*
 edit-no-break	usr_25.txt	/*edit-no-break*
 edit-paragraph-join	usr_25.txt	/*edit-paragraph-join*
+edit-window	windows.txt	/*edit-window*
 editing.txt	editing.txt	/*editing.txt*
 efm-%>	quickfix.txt	/*efm-%>*
 efm-entries	quickfix.txt	/*efm-entries*
@@ -6275,6 +6303,7 @@ faq	intro.txt	/*faq*
 farsi	farsi.txt	/*farsi*
 farsi.txt	farsi.txt	/*farsi.txt*
 fasm.vim	syntax.txt	/*fasm.vim*
+fast-functions	vim9.txt	/*fast-functions*
 fcs_choice-variable	eval.txt	/*fcs_choice-variable*
 fcs_reason-variable	eval.txt	/*fcs_reason-variable*
 feature-list	eval.txt	/*feature-list*
@@ -7037,6 +7066,20 @@ g~	change.txt	/*g~*
 g~g~	change.txt	/*g~g~*
 g~~	change.txt	/*g~~*
 h	motion.txt	/*h*
+haiku-bugs	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-bugs*
+haiku-colors	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-colors*
+haiku-compiling	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-compiling*
+haiku-dragndrop	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-dragndrop*
+haiku-fonts	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-fonts*
+haiku-general	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-general*
+haiku-gui	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-gui*
+haiku-launch	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-launch*
+haiku-meta	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-meta*
+haiku-mouse	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-mouse*
+haiku-support-credits	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-support-credits*
+haiku-toolbar-images	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-toolbar-images*
+haiku-user-settings-dir	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-user-settings-dir*
+haiku-vimdir	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-vimdir*
 hangul	hangulin.txt	/*hangul*
 hangulin.txt	hangulin.txt	/*hangulin.txt*
 has()	eval.txt	/*has()*
@@ -7260,6 +7303,7 @@ i_CTRL-R_=	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_=*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
+i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
 i_CTRL-SHIFT-V	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
 i_CTRL-T	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-T*
 i_CTRL-U	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-U*
@@ -7339,6 +7383,7 @@ in_name	channel.txt	/*in_name*
 in_top	channel.txt	/*in_top*
 inactive-buffer	windows.txt	/*inactive-buffer*
 include-search	tagsrch.txt	/*include-search*
+inclusion	helphelp.txt	/*inclusion*
 inclusive	motion.txt	/*inclusive*
 incomp-small-6	version6.txt	/*incomp-small-6*
 incompatible-5	version5.txt	/*incompatible-5*
@@ -7556,6 +7601,7 @@ log10()	eval.txt	/*log10()*
 logiPat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat*
 logiPat-arg	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-arg*
 logiPat-caveat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-caveat*
+logiPat-cmd	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-cmd*
 logiPat-contents	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-contents*
 logiPat-copyright	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-copyright*
 logiPat-examples	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-examples*
@@ -7658,6 +7704,7 @@ mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
 mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
+mapset()	eval.txt	/*mapset()*
 mark	motion.txt	/*mark*
 mark-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mark-functions*
 mark-motions	motion.txt	/*mark-motions*
@@ -7699,7 +7746,11 @@ menu-changes-5.4	version5.txt	/*menu-changes-5.4*
 menu-examples	gui.txt	/*menu-examples*
 menu-priority	gui.txt	/*menu-priority*
 menu-separator	gui.txt	/*menu-separator*
+menu-shortcut	gui.txt	/*menu-shortcut*
+menu-text	gui.txt	/*menu-text*
+menu-tips	gui.txt	/*menu-tips*
 menu.vim	gui.txt	/*menu.vim*
+menu_info()	eval.txt	/*menu_info()*
 menus	gui.txt	/*menus*
 merge	diff.txt	/*merge*
 message-history	message.txt	/*message-history*
@@ -8142,6 +8193,7 @@ nroff.vim	syntax.txt	/*nroff.vim*
 null-variable	eval.txt	/*null-variable*
 number_relativenumber	options.txt	/*number_relativenumber*
 numbered-function	eval.txt	/*numbered-function*
+numbersize-variable	eval.txt	/*numbersize-variable*
 o	insert.txt	/*o*
 o_CTRL-V	motion.txt	/*o_CTRL-V*
 o_V	motion.txt	/*o_V*
@@ -8192,6 +8244,7 @@ os_390.txt	os_390.txt	/*os_390.txt*
 os_amiga.txt	os_amiga.txt	/*os_amiga.txt*
 os_beos.txt	os_beos.txt	/*os_beos.txt*
 os_dos.txt	os_dos.txt	/*os_dos.txt*
+os_haiku.txt	os_haiku.txt	/*os_haiku.txt*
 os_mac.txt	os_mac.txt	/*os_mac.txt*
 os_mint.txt	os_mint.txt	/*os_mint.txt*
 os_msdos.txt	os_msdos.txt	/*os_msdos.txt*
@@ -8229,6 +8282,7 @@ patches-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-8.2*
 pathshorten()	eval.txt	/*pathshorten()*
 pattern	pattern.txt	/*pattern*
 pattern-atoms	pattern.txt	/*pattern-atoms*
+pattern-delimiter	change.txt	/*pattern-delimiter*
 pattern-multi-byte	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multi-byte*
 pattern-multi-items	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multi-items*
 pattern-overview	pattern.txt	/*pattern-overview*
@@ -8312,6 +8366,7 @@ popup-menu-added	version5.txt	/*popup-menu-added*
 popup-position	popup.txt	/*popup-position*
 popup-props	popup.txt	/*popup-props*
 popup-scrollbar	popup.txt	/*popup-scrollbar*
+popup-terminal	popup.txt	/*popup-terminal*
 popup-textprop-pos	popup.txt	/*popup-textprop-pos*
 popup-usage	popup.txt	/*popup-usage*
 popup-window	popup.txt	/*popup-window*
@@ -8333,6 +8388,7 @@ popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
 popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
 popup_getpos()	popup.txt	/*popup_getpos()*
 popup_hide()	popup.txt	/*popup_hide()*
+popup_list()	popup.txt	/*popup_list()*
 popup_locate()	popup.txt	/*popup_locate()*
 popup_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_menu()*
 popup_menu-shortcut-example	popup.txt	/*popup_menu-shortcut-example*
@@ -8534,6 +8590,7 @@ quote~	change.txt	/*quote~*
 r	change.txt	/*r*
 r.vim	syntax.txt	/*r.vim*
 rand()	eval.txt	/*rand()*
+random	eval.txt	/*random*
 range()	eval.txt	/*range()*
 raw-terminal-mode	term.txt	/*raw-terminal-mode*
 rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*rcp*
@@ -9304,6 +9361,7 @@ tags-file-format	tagsrch.txt	/*tags-file-format*
 tags-option	tagsrch.txt	/*tags-option*
 tagsrch.txt	tagsrch.txt	/*tagsrch.txt*
 tagstack	tagsrch.txt	/*tagstack*
+tagstack-examples	tagsrch.txt	/*tagstack-examples*
 tan()	eval.txt	/*tan()*
 tanh()	eval.txt	/*tanh()*
 tar	pi_tar.txt	/*tar*
@@ -9408,6 +9466,7 @@ termdebug-prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-prompt*
 termdebug-starting	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-starting*
 termdebug-stepping	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-stepping*
 termdebug-variables	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-variables*
+termdebug_map_K	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_map_K*
 termdebug_popup	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_popup*
 termdebug_shortcuts	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_shortcuts*
 termdebug_use_prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_use_prompt*
@@ -9459,6 +9518,7 @@ test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
 test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
 test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
 test_null_dict()	testing.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
+test_null_function()	testing.txt	/*test_null_function()*
 test_null_job()	testing.txt	/*test_null_job()*
 test_null_list()	testing.txt	/*test_null_list()*
 test_null_partial()	testing.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
@@ -9469,6 +9529,9 @@ test_refcount()	testing.txt	/*test_refcount()*
 test_scrollbar()	testing.txt	/*test_scrollbar()*
 test_setmouse()	testing.txt	/*test_setmouse()*
 test_settime()	testing.txt	/*test_settime()*
+test_srand_seed()	testing.txt	/*test_srand_seed()*
+test_unknown()	testing.txt	/*test_unknown()*
+test_void()	testing.txt	/*test_void()*
 testing	testing.txt	/*testing*
 testing-support	testing.txt	/*testing-support*
 testing-variable	eval.txt	/*testing-variable*
@@ -9526,6 +9589,7 @@ toggle	options.txt	/*toggle*
 toggle-revins	version4.txt	/*toggle-revins*
 tolower()	eval.txt	/*tolower()*
 toolbar-icon	gui.txt	/*toolbar-icon*
+tooltips	gui.txt	/*tooltips*
 toupper()	eval.txt	/*toupper()*
 tr()	eval.txt	/*tr()*
 trim()	eval.txt	/*trim()*
@@ -9541,6 +9605,7 @@ tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 twice	if_cscop.txt	/*twice*
 two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
 type()	eval.txt	/*type()*
+type-inference	vim9.txt	/*type-inference*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typecorr-settings	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr-settings*
 typecorr.txt	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr.txt*
@@ -9668,6 +9733,7 @@ v:mouse_win	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_win*
 v:mouse_winid	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_winid*
 v:none	eval.txt	/*v:none*
 v:null	eval.txt	/*v:null*
+v:numbersize	eval.txt	/*v:numbersize*
 v:oldfiles	eval.txt	/*v:oldfiles*
 v:operator	eval.txt	/*v:operator*
 v:option_command	eval.txt	/*v:option_command*
@@ -9904,6 +9970,15 @@ vim-variable	eval.txt	/*vim-variable*
 vim.vim	syntax.txt	/*vim.vim*
 vim7	version7.txt	/*vim7*
 vim8	version8.txt	/*vim8*
+vim9	vim9.txt	/*vim9*
+vim9-differences	vim9.txt	/*vim9-differences*
+vim9-export	vim9.txt	/*vim9-export*
+vim9-import	vim9.txt	/*vim9-import*
+vim9-rationale	vim9.txt	/*vim9-rationale*
+vim9-script	vim9.txt	/*vim9-script*
+vim9-types	vim9.txt	/*vim9-types*
+vim9.txt	vim9.txt	/*vim9.txt*
+vim9script	vim9.txt	/*vim9script*
 vim:	options.txt	/*vim:*
 vim_announce	intro.txt	/*vim_announce*
 vim_dev	intro.txt	/*vim_dev*
@@ -10025,6 +10100,7 @@ win32s	os_win32.txt	/*win32s*
 win_execute()	eval.txt	/*win_execute()*
 win_findbuf()	eval.txt	/*win_findbuf()*
 win_getid()	eval.txt	/*win_getid()*
+win_gettype()	eval.txt	/*win_gettype()*
 win_gotoid()	eval.txt	/*win_gotoid()*
 win_id2tabwin()	eval.txt	/*win_id2tabwin()*
 win_id2win()	eval.txt	/*win_id2win()*
@@ -10056,6 +10132,7 @@ windows.txt	windows.txt	/*windows.txt*
 windows95	os_win32.txt	/*windows95*
 windows98	os_win32.txt	/*windows98*
 windowsme	os_win32.txt	/*windowsme*
+windowsversion()	eval.txt	/*windowsversion()*
 winheight()	eval.txt	/*winheight()*
 winid	windows.txt	/*winid*
 winlayout()	eval.txt	/*winlayout()*
--- a/runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 07
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -185,6 +185,29 @@ commands explained above the tag stack will look like this:
 The |gettagstack()| function returns the tag stack of a specified window. The
 |settagstack()| function modifies the tag stack of a window.

+							*tagstack-examples*
+Write to the tag stack just like `:tag` but with a user-defined
+jumper#jump_to_tag function: >
+	" Store where we're jumping from before we jump.
+	let tag = expand('<cword>')
+	let pos = [bufnr()] + getcurpos()[1:]
+	let item = {'bufnr': pos[0], 'from': pos, 'tagname': tag}
+	if jumper#jump_to_tag(tag)
+		" Jump was successful, write previous location to tag stack.
+		let winid = win_getid()
+		let stack = gettagstack(winid)
+		let stack['items'] = [item]
+		call settagstack(winid, stack, 't')
+	endif
+<
+Set current index of the tag stack to 4: >
+	call settagstack(1005, {'curidx' : 4})
+<
+Push a new item onto the tag stack: >
+	let pos = [bufnr('myfile.txt'), 10, 1, 0]
+	let newtag = [{'tagname' : 'mytag', 'from' : pos}]
+	call settagstack(2, {'items' : newtag}, 'a')
+<
 							*E73*
 When you try to use the tag stack while it doesn't contain anything you will
 get an error message.
@@ -210,14 +233,14 @@ the same entry.
 			Example output:

 >
-	 nr pri kind tag		file
+	  # pri kind tag		file
 	  1 F	f    mch_delay		os_amiga.c
 			mch_delay(msec, ignoreinput)
 	> 2 F	f    mch_delay		os_msdos.c
 			mch_delay(msec, ignoreinput)
 	  3 F	f    mch_delay		os_unix.c
 			mch_delay(msec, ignoreinput)
-	Enter nr of choice (<CR> to abort):
+	Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels):
 <
 			See |tag-priority| for the "pri" column.  Note that
 			this depends on the current file, thus using
@@ -344,11 +367,11 @@ the same as above, with a "p" prepended.
 A static tag is a tag that is defined for a specific file.  In a C program
 this could be a static function.

-In Vi jumping to a tag sets the current search pattern.  This means that
-the "n" command after jumping to a tag does not search for the same pattern
-that it did before jumping to the tag.  Vim does not do this as we consider it
-to be a bug.  You can still find the tag search pattern in the search history.
-If you really want the old Vi behavior, set the 't' flag in 'cpoptions'.
+In Vi jumping to a tag sets the current search pattern.  This means that the
+"n" command after jumping to a tag does not search for the same pattern that
+it did before jumping to the tag.  Vim does not do this as we consider it to
+be a bug.  If you really want the old Vi behavior, set the 't' flag in
+'cpoptions'.

 							*tag-binary-search*
 Vim uses binary searching in the tags file to find the desired tag quickly
@@ -426,8 +449,7 @@ would otherwise go unnoticed.  Example: >

 In Vi the ":tag" command sets the last search pattern when the tag is searched
 for.  In Vim this is not done, the previous search pattern is still remembered,
-unless the 't' flag is present in 'cpoptions'.  The search pattern is always
-put in the search history, so you can modify it if searching fails.
+unless the 't' flag is present in 'cpoptions'.

 					*emacs-tags* *emacs_tags* *E430*
 Emacs style tag files are only supported if Vim was compiled with the
@@ -505,10 +527,13 @@ a tag for each "#defined" macro, typedefs, enums, etc.
 Some programs that generate tags files:
 ctags			As found on most Unix systems.  Only supports C.  Only
 			does the basic work.
+universal ctags		A maintained version of ctags based on exuberant
+			ctags. See https://ctags.io.
 							*Exuberant_ctags*
 exuberant ctags		This is a very good one.  It works for C, C++, Java,
 			Fortran, Eiffel and others.  It can generate tags for
 			many items.  See http://ctags.sourceforge.net.
+			No new version since 2009.
 etags			Connected to Emacs.  Supports many languages.
 JTags			For Java, in Java.  It can be found at
 			http://www.fleiner.com/jtags/.
@@ -904,8 +929,8 @@ The following is a hypothetical example of a function used for 'tagfunc'.  It
 uses the output of |taglist()| to generate the result: a list of tags in the
 inverse order of file names.
 >
-	function! TagFunc(pattern, flags, info)
-	  function! CompareFilenames(item1, item2)
+	function TagFunc(pattern, flags, info)
+	  function CompareFilenames(item1, item2)
 	    let f1 = a:item1['filename']
 	    let f2 = a:item2['filename']
 	    return f1 >=# f2 ?
--- a/runtime/doc/term.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/term.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 12


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -545,6 +545,7 @@ Note about colors: The 't_Co' option tells Vim the number of colors available.
 When it is non-zero, the 't_AB' and 't_AF' options are used to set the color.
 If one of these is not available, 't_Sb' and 't_Sf' are used.  't_me' is used
 to reset to the default colors.  Also see 'termguicolors'.
+When the GUI is running 't_Co' is set to 16777216.

 				*termcap-cursor-shape* *termcap-cursor-color*
 When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent.  When Vim
@@ -579,7 +580,7 @@ remove highlighting from a line.  This is required for "hpterm".  Setting the
 versa.

 							*scroll-region*
-Some termcaps do not include an entry for 'cs' (scroll region), although the
+Some termcaps do not include an entry for "cs" (scroll region), although the
 terminal does support it.  For example: xterm on a Sun.  You can use the
 builtin_xterm or define t_cs yourself.  For example: >
 	:set t_cs=^V^[[%i%d;%dr
@@ -596,11 +597,9 @@ cleared when scrolling).
 Unfortunately it is not possible to deduce from the termcap how cursor
 positioning should be done when using a scrolling region: Relative to the
 beginning of the screen or relative to the beginning of the scrolling region.
-Most terminals use the first method.  A known exception is the MS-Windows
-console (pcterm).  The 't_CS' option should be set to any string when cursor
-positioning is relative to the start of the scrolling region.  It should be
-set to an empty string otherwise.  It defaults to "yes" when 'term' is
-"pcterm".
+Most terminals use the first method.  The 't_CS' option should be set to any
+string when cursor positioning is relative to the start of the scrolling
+region.  It should be set to an empty string otherwise.

 Note for xterm users: The shifted cursor keys normally don't work.  You can
 	make them work with the xmodmap command and some mappings in Vim.
@@ -652,15 +651,7 @@ One command can be used to set the screen size:
 :mod[e] [mode]

 Without argument this only detects the screen size and redraws the screen.
-With MS-Windows it is possible to switch screen mode.  [mode] can be one of
-these values:
-	"bw40"		40 columns black&white
-	"c40"		40 columns color
-	"bw80"		80 columns black&white
-	"c80"		80 columns color (most people use this)
-	"mono"		80 columns monochrome
-	"c4350"		43 or 50 lines EGA/VGA mode
-	number		mode number to use, depends on your video card
+[mode] was used on MS-DOS, but it doesn't work anymore.

 ==============================================================================
 4. Slow and fast terminals			*slow-fast-terminal*
@@ -911,8 +902,8 @@ A double click on a word selects that word.  'iskeyword' is used to specify
 which characters are included in a word.  A double click on a character
 that has a match selects until that match (like using "v%").  If the match is
 an #if/#else/#endif block, the selection becomes linewise.
-For xterm the time for double clicking can be set with the 'mousetime' option.
-For the other systems this time is defined outside of Vim.
+For MS-Windows and xterm the time for double clicking can be set with the
+'mousetime' option.  For the other systems this time is defined outside of Vim.
 An example, for using a double click to jump to the tag under the cursor: >
 	:map <2-LeftMouse> :exe "tag ". expand("<cword>")<CR>

--- a/runtime/doc/terminal.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/terminal.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 24


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ break (cursor keys start with an Esc, so they may break): >
 You can also create menus similar to terminal mode mappings, but you have to
 use |:tlmenu| instead of |:tmenu|.

-<							*options-in-terminal*
+							*options-in-terminal*
 After opening the terminal window and setting 'buftype' to "terminal" the
 TerminalOpen autocommand event is triggered.  This makes it possible to set
 options specifically for the window and buffer.  Example: >
@@ -148,7 +148,12 @@ terminal window will start with a white or black background.
 To use a different color the Terminal highlight group can be used, for
 example: >
    hi Terminal ctermbg=lightgrey ctermfg=blue guibg=lightgrey guifg=blue
-<
+The highlight needs to be defined before the terminal is created.  Doing it
+later, or setting 'wincolor', will only have effect when the program running
+in the terminal displays text or clears the terminal.
+Instead of Terminal another group can be specified with the "term_highlight"
+option for `term_start()`.
+
 							*g:terminal_ansi_colors*
 In GUI mode or with 'termguicolors', the 16 ANSI colors used by default in new
 terminal windows may be configured using the variable
@@ -156,6 +161,7 @@ terminal windows may be configured using the variable
 hexadecimal color codes, similar to those accepted by |highlight-guifg|.  When
 not using GUI colors, the terminal window always uses the 16 ANSI colors of
 the underlying terminal.
+When using `term_start()` the colors can be set with the "ansi_colors" option.
 The |term_setansicolors()| function can be used to change the colors, and
 |term_getansicolors()| to get the currently used colors.

@@ -178,6 +184,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 			keep the terminal open in Terminal-Normal mode.  This
 			can be changed with the ++close argument.

+			No Vim command can follow, any | is included in
+			[command].  Use `:execute` if you must have a Vim
+			command following in the same line.
+
 			A new buffer will be created, using [command] or
 			'shell' as the name, prefixed with a "!".  If a buffer
 			by this name already exists a number is added in
@@ -641,8 +651,8 @@ term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*


 term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
-		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a comma
-		separated list of these items:
+		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a String with
+		a comma separated list of these items:
 			running		job is running
 			finished	job has finished
 			normal		in Terminal-Normal mode
@@ -857,6 +867,8 @@ term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 				     have "%d" where the buffer number goes,
 				     e.g. "10split|buffer %d"; when not
 				     specified "botright sbuf %d" is used
+		   "term_highlight"  highlight group to use instead of
+				     "Terminal"
 		   "eof_chars"	     Text to send after all buffer lines were
 				     written to the terminal.  When not set
 				     CTRL-D is used on MS-Windows. For Python
@@ -953,7 +965,7 @@ Currently supported commands:
 		directory, thus it's best to use the full path.

 		[options] is only used when opening a new window.  If present,
-		it must be a Dict.  Similarly to |++opt|, These entries are
+		it must be a Dict.  Similarly to |++opt|, these entries are
 		recognized:
 		  "ff"		file format: "dos", "mac" or "unix"
 		  "fileformat"	idem
@@ -1025,7 +1037,7 @@ Writing a screen dump test for Vim ~
 For an example see the Test_syntax_c() function in
 src/testdir/test_syntax.vim.  The main parts are:
 - Write a file you want to test with. This is useful for testing syntax
-  highlighting.  You can also start Vim with en empty buffer.
+  highlighting.  You can also start Vim with an empty buffer.
 - Run Vim in a terminal with a specific size.  The default is 20 lines of 75
  characters.  This makes sure the dump is always this size.  The function
  RunVimInTerminal() takes care of this.  Pass it the arguments for the Vim
@@ -1294,7 +1306,7 @@ breakpoint, or use the "Clear breakpoint" right-click menu entry.
 Inspecting variables ~
 					*termdebug-variables* *:Evaluate*
 `:Evaluate`	    evaluate the expression under the cursor
- `K`		    same
+ `K`		    same (see |termdebug_map_K| to disable)
 `:Evaluate` {expr}   evaluate {expr}
 `:'<,'>Evaluate`     evaluate the Visually selected text

@@ -1325,6 +1337,10 @@ in a buffer with 'buftype' set to "prompt".  This works slightly differently:
 						*termdebug_use_prompt*
 Prompt mode can be used even when the |+terminal| feature is present with: >
 	let g:termdebug_use_prompt = 1
+<
+						*termdebug_map_K*
+The K key is normally mapped to :Evaluate. If you do not want this use: >
+	let g:termdebug_map_K = 0


 Communication ~
--- a/runtime/doc/testing.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/testing.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Sep 08
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,6 +106,10 @@ test_null_dict()					*test_null_dict()*
 		Return a |Dict| that is null. Only useful for testing.


+test_null_function()					*test_null_function()*
+		Return a |Funcref| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
 test_null_job()						*test_null_job()*
 		Return a |Job| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 		{only available when compiled with the +job feature}
@@ -123,6 +127,13 @@ test_null_string()					*test_null_string()*
 		Return a |String| that is null. Only useful for testing.


+test_unknown()						*test_unknown()*
+		Return a value with unknown type. Only useful for testing.
+
+test_void()						*test_void()*
+		Return a value with void type. Only useful for testing.
+
+
 test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
 		Reset the flag that indicates option {name} was set.  Thus it
 		looks like it still has the default value. Use like this: >
@@ -205,7 +216,6 @@ test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
 			call test_setmouse(4, 20)
 			call feedkeys("\<LeftMouse>", "xt")

-
 test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
 		Set the time Vim uses internally.  Currently only used for
 		timestamps in the history, as they are used in viminfo, and
@@ -218,6 +228,10 @@ test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetTime()->test_settime()

+test_srand_seed([seed])					*test_srand_seed()*
+		When [seed] is given this sets the seed value used by
+		`srand()`.  When omitted the test seed is removed.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Assert functions				*assert-functions-details*

--- a/runtime/doc/textprop.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/textprop.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 05


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Manipulating text property types:
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})		define a new property type
 prop_type_change({name}, {props})	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])	get property type values
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])		get list of property types


@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})  	add a text property
 prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {bufnr}]])
 					remove all text properties
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])	search for a text property
-prop_list({lnum} [, {props})  		text properties in {lnum}
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])  		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property

@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				to {lnum}, this is a zero-width text property
 		   bufnr	buffer to add the property to; when omitted
 				the current buffer is used
-		   id		user defined ID for the property; when omitted
-				zero is used
+		   id		user defined ID for the property; must be a
+				number; when omitted zero is used
 		   type		name of the text property type
 		All fields except "type" are optional.

@@ -143,8 +143,9 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		within one line, or use "end_lnum" and "end_col" for a
 		property that spans more than one line.
 		When neither "length" nor "end_col" are given the property
-		will be zero-width.  That means it will not be highlighted but
-		will move with the text, as a kind of mark.
+		will be zero-width.  That means it will move with the text, as
+		a kind of mark.  One character will be highlighted, if the
+		type specifies highlighting.
 		The property can end exactly at the last character of the
 		text, or just after it.  In the last case, if text is appended
 		to the line, the text property size will increase, also when
@@ -154,8 +155,6 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		added to. When not found, the global property types are used.
 		If not found an error is given.

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)

@@ -168,14 +167,11 @@ prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
 		When {props} contains a "bufnr" item use this buffer,
 		otherwise use the current buffer.

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_clear()
 <
 							*prop_find()*
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
-		{not implemented yet}
 		Search for a text property as specified with {props}:
 		   id		property with this ID
 		   type		property with this type name
@@ -198,8 +194,6 @@ prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
 		as with prop_list(), and additionally an "lnum" entry.
 		If no match is found then an empty Dict is returned.

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-

 prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
 		Return a List with all text properties in line {lnum}.
@@ -223,8 +217,6 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
 		When "end" is zero the property continues in the next line.
 		The line break after this line is included.

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_list()
 <
@@ -239,6 +231,7 @@ prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 		{props} is a dictionary with these fields:
 		   id		remove text properties with this ID
 		   type		remove text properties with this type name
+		   both		"id" and "type" must both match
 		   bufnr	use this buffer instead of the current one
 		   all		when TRUE remove all matching text properties,
 				not just the first one
@@ -248,8 +241,6 @@ prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])

 		Returns the number of properties that were removed.

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetProps()->prop_remove()

@@ -275,8 +266,6 @@ prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
 		   end_incl	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
 				included in the text property

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_add(props)

@@ -285,8 +274,6 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
 		property with this name does not exist an error is given.
 		The {props} argument is just like |prop_type_add()|.

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_change(props)

@@ -301,12 +288,10 @@ prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*

 		When text property type {name} is not found there is no error.

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()

-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])			*prop_type_get()*
 		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
 		dictionary with the same fields as was given to
 		prop_type_add().
@@ -316,8 +301,6 @@ prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
 		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
 		this buffer instead of the global property types.

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_get()

@@ -327,8 +310,6 @@ prop_type_list([{props}])				*prop_type_list()*
 		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
 		this buffer instead of the global property types.

-		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
-

 ==============================================================================
 3. When text changes				*text-prop-changes*
@@ -356,10 +337,11 @@ properties below the changed text, so that they still highlight the same text,
 thus you don't need to update these.


-Text property columns are not updated: ~
+Text property columns are not updated or copied: ~

 - When setting the line with |setline()| or through an interface, such as Lua,
  Tcl or Python.  Vim does not know what text got inserted or deleted.
+- With a command like `:move`, which takes a line of text out of context.


 vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/todo.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/todo.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 24
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,28 +38,131 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------

-Include ipv6 syntax changes?  (DJ Lucas, #5360)
+Include src/po/vim.pot ?

-Still have /* */ comments:
-    misc1.c
-    misc2.c
-    others?
+Vim9 script:
+Making everything work:
+- possible memory leak in test_vim9_func through compile_nested_function.
+- memory leaks in test_vim9_expr
+- memory leaks in test_vim9_script
+- Test that a script-local function in Vim9 script cannot be deleted.
+- Make "true" and "false" work in vim9script
+- Test that a function defined inside a :def function is local to that
+  function, g: functions can be defined and script-local functions cannot be
+  defined.
+- make 0 == 'string' fail on the script level, like inside :def.
+- Check that when using a user function name without prefix, it does not find
+  a global function.  Prefixing g: is required.
+- Compile: let [var, var] = expr
+- Compile: for [key, value] in items(map)
+- Assignment to dict doesn't work:
+      let ret: dict<string> = #{}
+      ret[i] = string(i)
+- Appending to dict item doesn't work:
+    let d[i] ..= value
+- Compile replacement of :s command: s/pat/\=expr/
+- Compile redir to local variable: var_redir_start().
+- Compile builtin functions that access local variables:
+    islocked()
+- Expand `=expr` in :next, :argedit, :argadd, :argdelete, :drop
+- Expand `=expr` in :vimgrep, :vimgrepadd, :lvimgrep, :lvimgrepadd
+- Expand `=expr` in :mkspell
+- When evaluating constants for script variables, some functions could work:
+    has('asdf'), len('string')
+- Support type for ":let"/":const" at script level for Vim9 script.
+    (Ben Jackson, #5671)
+    Can we share the code from ex_let_const() between direct execution and
+    compiling?
+- Disallow unlet for local/script/imported vars
+- Make "++nr" work.
+- Make closures work:
+  - Create closure in a loop.  Need to make a list of them.
+- expandcmd() with `=expr` in filename uses legacy expression.
+- eval_expr() in ex_cexpr()
+- eval_expr() call in dbg_parsearg() and debuggy_find()
+- has() is compiled as a constant, but some checks are dynamic.
+  Check for dynamic values, such as "gui_running".
+New syntax and functionality:
+Improve error checking:
+- "echo Func()" is an error if Func() does not return anything.
+Also:
+- For range: make table of first ASCII character with flag to quickly check if
+  it can be a Vim9 command. E.g. "+" can, but "." can't.
+- better implementation for partial and tests for that.
+- Make "g:imported = Export.exported" work in Vim9 script.
+- Make Foo.Bar() work to call the dict function. (#5676)
+- Check that import in legacy script works and puts item in s:
+- Error in any command in "vim9script" aborts sourcing.
+- Find a way to test expressions in legacy and Vim9 script without duplication
+- Fix memory leaks for test_vim9_disassemble, test_vim9_expr, test_vim9_script
+- Test each level of expressions properly, with type checking
+- Test try/catch and throw better, also nested.
+  Test return inside try/finally jumps to finally and then returns.
+- call autoload function.
+- Implement more expressions, e.g. [a:b]
+- can use func as reference:
+	def SomeFunc() ...
+	map(list, SomeFunc)
+- Test: Function declared inside a :def function is local, disappears at the
+  end of the function.  Unless g: is used, just like with variables.
+- implement :type
+- import type declaration?
+- implement class
+- implement interface
+- predefined class: Promise<T>
+- implement enum
+- Make accessing varargs faster: arg[expr]
+	EVAL expr
+	LOADVARARG (varags idx)
+Further improvements:
+- compile options that are an expression, e.g. "expr:" in 'spellsuggest',
+  'foldexpr', 'foldtext', 'printexpr', 'diffexpr', 'patchexpr', 'charconvert',
+  'balloonexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'formatexpr'.
+- Make inline function work, to be used as a funcref:
+	let ref = def(arg: type): rettype
+	    body
+	enddef
+- compile get_lambda_tv() in popup_add_timeout()
+- inline call to map() and filter()
+- compile "skip" argument of searchpair()
+- compile "expr" and "call" expression of a channel in channel_exe_cmd()?

 Popup windows:
- Make it possible to put a terminal window in a popup.  Would always grab key
-  input?  Sort-of possible by creating a hidden terminal and opening a popup
-  with that buffer: #4063.
+- Can put focus in another window using API and "drop". (#6077)
+- With some sequence get get hidden finished terminal buffer. (#5768)
+    Cannot close popup terminal (#5744)
+    Buffer can't be wiped, gets status "aF". (#5764)
+    Is buf->nwindows incorrect?
+- popup_clear() and popup_close() should close the terminal popup, and
+   make the buffer hidden. #5745
+- Cursor not updated before a redraw, making it jump. (#5943)
+- With terminal in popup, allow for popup_hide() to temporarily hide it.?
+- Fire some autocommand event after a new popup window was created and
+  positioned?  PopupNew?  Could be used to set some options or move it out of
+  the way. (#5737)
+  However, it may also cause trouble, changing the popup of another plugin.
 - Use popup (or popup menu) for command line completion
- Implement flip option
+- When using a popup for the info of a completion menu, and there is not
+  enough space, let the popup overlap with the menu. (#4544)
+- Implement flip option.
 - Make redrawing more efficient and avoid flicker:
    - put popup menu also in popup_mask?
+- Match does not have right BG color if line length equals popup width.
+  (#5658)
 - Any other commands to disable in a popup window?
  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for these.
 - Figure out the size and position better if wrapping inserts indent

 Text properties:
- Implement prop_find() issue #4970
- Text properties spanning more than one line
+- Patch to fix that split / join does not update properties properly (Axel
+  Forsman, #5839)  Alternative: #5875.
+- :goto does not go to the right place when test properties are present.
+  (#5930)
+- "cc" does not call inserted_bytes(). (Axel Forsman, #5763)
+- Get E685 with a sequence of commands. (#5674)
+- Combining text property with 'cursorline' does not always work (Billie
+  Cleek, #5533)
+- Text properties spanning more than one line.  #5683
 - See remarks at top of src/textprop.c

 'incsearch' with :s:
@@ -94,8 +197,16 @@ Terminal debugger:
  with another Vim instance.

 Terminal emulator window:
+- When started with ":terminal ++close" and the shell exits but there is a
+  background process, the window remains open, because the channel still
+  exists (and output still shows).  Perhaps close the window when an explicit
+  ++close was used? (#5931)
+- Using "CTRL-W :confirm quite" and selecting "yes" should work like ":quit!".
+    (Harm te Hennepe, #6129)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
  scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
+  A bit like using CTRL-W N first.
+  Jump back like with "a" when any key is typed.
  And use modeless selection.  #2962
 - Use CTRL-W CTRL-K to enter a digraph? #5371
 - When Vim runs in the terminal and changes the title, the statusline needs to
@@ -125,18 +236,65 @@ Terminal emulator window:
  conversions.

 Error numbers available:
-E292, E362, E366, E450, E451, E452,
-E453, E454, E460, E489, E491, E565, E578, E610, E611, E653,
-E654, E856, E857, E860, E861, E863, E889, E900
+E453, E454, E489, E610, E611, E653, E856, E857, E861, E900

-Patch to move duplicated code to a function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #5330)
+Patch to fix that typval related code is spread out. (Yegappan Lakshmanan,
+#6093)

-Patch to use more FOR_ALL_ macros and use them. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #5339)
+Buffer autocommands are a bit inconsistent.  Add a separate set of
+autocommands for the buffer lifecycle:
+    BufIsCreated  (after buffer ID exists)
+    BufIsLoaded   (after buffer ID has content)
+    BufIsUnloaded (after buffer ID no longer has)
+    BufIsWiped    (after buffer ID was wiped)
+    BufIsRenamed  (after buffer ID gets another name)
+The buffer list and windows are locked, no changes possible

-Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
-manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
+Patch to fix drawing error with DirectX. (James Grant, #5688)
+Causes flicker on resizing.
+
+Patch to support ipv6 for channel. (Ozaki Kiichi, #5893)
+
+Patch to explain use of "%" in :!.  (David Briscoe, #5591)
+
+Patch to improve Windows terminal support. (Nobuhiro Takasaki, #5546)
+Ready to include.
+
+Patch to improve use of Lua path. (Prabir Shrestha, #6098)
+
+Patch to make exepath() work better on MS-Windows. (#6115)
+
+Patch to add "-d" to xxd. (#5616)
+
+Patch for the Haiku port: #5961
+
+Patch to add Turkish manual. (Emir Sarı, #5641)
+
+Patch to add lua sleep function. (Prabir Shrestha, #6057)
+Alternative: use vim.call and vim.fn: #6063
+
+Patch to add getmarklist() (Yegappan, #6032)
+
+Patch to support different color for undercurl in cterm.
+(Timur Celik, #6011)
+
+Patch to support cindent option to handle pragmas differently.
+(Max Rumpf, #5468)
+
+Patch to add ":syn foldlevel" to use fold level further down the line.
+(Brad King, 2016 Oct 19, update 2017 Jan 30, now in #6087)
+
+File marks merging has duplicates since 7.4.1925. (Ingo Karkat, #5733)
+
+"make test_gui" crashed in submenu_change(). Fix and remove workaround in
+add_pixmap_args().
 Athena is OK.
 Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
+Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
+manager.  Problem with Motif?
+
+:map output does not clear the reset of the command line.
+(#5623, also see #5962)

 Patch to properly break CJK lines: Anton Kochkov, #3875
 Flag in 'formatoptions' is not used in the tests.
@@ -144,15 +302,59 @@ Flag in 'formatoptions' is not used in the tests.
 Patch to add 'vtp' option. (#5344)
 Needs better docs.  Is there a better name?

+Patch to add argument to trim() to only trim start or end of a string.
+(Yegappan, #6126)
+
 undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798

+Patch for Template string: #4491.  New pull: #4634
+Ready to include?  Review the code.
+
+When 'lazyredraw' is set sometimes the title is not updated.
+(Jason Franklin, 2020 Feb 3)  Looks like a race condition.
+
+Patch to delete BeOS code. (#5817)  Anyone who wants to keep it?
+
+With bash ":make" does not set v:shell_error.  Possible solution: set
+'shellpipe' to "2>&1| tee %s; exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}"  #5994
+
+Using mode() when "/pat" is used in Visual mode returns "v" instead of "c",
+which is not useful.  Return "c/v" instead.  And "c/o" when using "d/pat".
+#6127
+
+When 'fileignorecase' is set ":e testfile.c" works to edit TestFile.c, but
+":find testfile.c" does not ignore case.
+Might be related to #6088.
+
+When changing the crypt key the buffer should be considered modified.
+Like when changing 'fileformat'.  Save the old key in save_file_ff().
+(Ninu-Ciprian Marginean)
+
+Strange sequence of BufWipeout and BufNew events while doing omni-complete.
+(Paul Jolly, #5656)
+Get BufDelete without preceding BufNew. (Paul Jolly, #5694)
+    Later more requests for what to track.
+    Should we add new events that don't allow any buffer manipulation?
+    Really only for dealing with appearing and disappearing buffers, load and
+    unload.
+BufWinenter event not fired when saving unnamed buffer. (Paul Jolly, #5655)
+Another spurious BufDelete. (Dani Dickstein, #5701)
+
+Patch to add function to return the text used in the quickfix window.
+(Yegappan, #5465)
+
+Patch to add readdirex() (Ken Takata, #5619)
+
+Wrong error when using local arglist. (Harm te Hennepe, #6133)
+
+Request to support <Cmd> in mappings, similar to how Neovim does this.
+(Daniel Hahler, #4784)
+
 Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.

 :unmap <c-n> gives error but does remove the mapping. (Antony Scriven, 2019
 Dec 19)

-Sound: support on Mac?  Or does libcanberra work there?
-
 Patch to fix session file when using multiple tab pages. (Jason Franklin, 2019
 May 20)
 Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
@@ -160,40 +362,68 @@ remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
 Also #4994: window-local options not always restored, related to using :badd.
 Also #5326: netrw buffers are not restored.

+When 'backupdir' has a path ending in double slash (meaning: use full path of
+the file) combined with 'patchmode' the file name is wrong. (#5791)
+
+Patch to make ":verbose pwd" show the scope of the directory. (Takuya
+Fujiwara, #5469)
+
 Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
 Happens when typing CTRL-N while still searching for results.  E.g., type "b_"
 in terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
 Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
 (Also #1890)

+Undo history wrong when ":next file" re-uses a buffer. (#5426)
+ex_next() should pass flag to do_argfile(), then to do_ecmd().
+
+Patch to add "note" type to quickfix. (#5527)  Missing tests.
+
 Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
 (#4087)

-Instead of using a syntax error, use #error to fail early when something is
-wrong.  E.g. in vim.h "Error:", and blowfish.c "error!". (#5299)
+FR: add search_status(), the current values displayed for search (current
+match, total matches). (#5631)
+Patch to provide search stats in a variable, so that it can be used in the
+statusline. (Fujiwara Takuya, #4446)

-":helptags ALL" should skip directories where "tags" cannot be written.
-(Matěj Cepl, #5026)
+Patch for ambiguous width characters in libvterm on MS-Windows 10.
+(Nobuhiro Takasaki, #4411)
+
+behavior of i_CTRl-R_CTRL-R differs from documentation. (Paul Desmond Parker,
+#5771)

 ":bnext" in a help buffer is supposed to go to the next help buffer, but it
 goes to any buffer, and then :bnext skips help buffers, since they are
 unlisted. (#4478)

+Patch to include reduce() function. (#5481)
+
+Statusline highlighting error, off by one. (#5599)
+
 Enable 'termbidi' if $VTE_VERSION >= 5703 ?

 Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
 Koichi Iwamoto, #2126

+Sound: support on Mac?  Or does libcanberra work there?
+
+Python 3.8 doesn't work. (Antonios Hadjigeorgalis, #5509)
+
 The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
 support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)  Also #4687

-Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
-It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
-Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
-Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
+"--cleanFOO" does not result in an error. (#5537)
+
+Add "t" action to settagstack(): truncate and add new entries. (#5405)
+
+When 'relativenumber' is set the line just below a diff change doesn't get
+updated. (#6138)

 Result of synID() sometimes wrong in help files. (#5252)

+Status line is nut updated when splitting windows. (Marcin Szamotulski, #5496)
+
 Problem showing a line if the number column width changes when using "o".
 (Mateusz Morusiewicz, #4245)

@@ -204,6 +434,7 @@ When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
 with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)

 Patch to add new motion ]( and ]{.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #5320)
+Or make "v" prefix work? 

 Modeless selection doesn't work in gvim. (#4783)
 Caused by patch 8.1.1534.
@@ -217,16 +448,21 @@ Patch to add per-tabpage and per-window previous directory: "lcd -" and "tcd
 Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h
 - WINVER conflict, should use 0x0600 by default?
+- INT_MAX not defined: need to include <limits.h> in vim.h

 Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?

+Display messed up with matchparen, wrapping and scrolling. (#5638)
+
 Patch to configure BUILD_DATE for reproducible builds. (James McCoy, #513)

 Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)

 Patch to support "0o" for octal numbers. (Ken Takata, #5304)

+Patch to enable IXON, avoid that CTRL-S stops terminal output. (#5775)
+
 When getting a focus event halfway a mapping this aborts the mapping.  E.g.
 when "qq" is mapped and after the first "q" the mouse is moved outside of the
 gvim window (with focus follows mouse), then the K_FOCUSLOST key is put in the
@@ -240,6 +476,9 @@ Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
 Also see issue #609.
 We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.

+:buffer completion does not escape "+" properly and results in a regexp error.
+(#5467)
+
 Check_external_diff() is used too often. (Daniel Hahler, #4800)

 Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis,
@@ -249,9 +488,6 @@ Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3.  Also fixes other scroll wheel problems.
 Add a WindowScrolled event.  Trigger around the same time as CursorMoved.
 Can be used to update highlighting. #3127  #5181

-Patch for Template string: #4491.  New pull: #4634
-Implementation is too inefficient, avoid using lambda.
-
 Incorrect formatting with autoindent. (Sebastian Gniazdowski, #4909)

 Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
@@ -281,6 +517,10 @@ Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
 Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
 Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.

+":2resize +10" uses size of the current window, adds 10 and applies it to
+window 2.  User expects 10 to be added to size of window 2. (Daniel Steinberg,
+#5443)
+
 Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
 Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
@@ -337,9 +577,6 @@ with the first character (like what happens with a last line that doesn't
 fit).  Display "<<<" at the start of the first visible line (like "@@@" is
 displayed in the last line). (Arseny Nasokin,  #5154)

-Patch for ambiguous width characters in libvterm on MS-Windows 10.
-(Nobuhiro Takasaki, #4411)
-
 Window size changes after closing a tab. (#4741)

 Problem with colors in terminal window. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May 12)
@@ -402,9 +639,6 @@ similar to check_due_timer().  Also see #3809.
 C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error.
 (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1)

-Support setting the character displayed below the last line?  Neovim uses
-"eob:X" in 'fillchars'.
-
 Check: __attribute__((format(printf, on semsg() and siemsg().  Where was this
 added?

@@ -512,19 +746,8 @@ Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.

 Add buffer argument to undotree(). (#4001)

-Using uninitialized value in test_gn
-Using uninitialized value in test_crypt.
-memory leak in test_paste
-Memory leak in test_terminal:
-==23530==    by 0x2640D7: alloc (misc2.c:874)
-==23530==    by 0x2646D6: vim_strsave (misc2.c:1315)
-==23530==    by 0x25841D: FullName_save (misc1.c:5443)
-==23530==    by 0x17CB4F: fix_fname (buffer.c:4794)
-==23530==    by 0x17CB9A: fname_expand (buffer.c:4838)
-==23530==    by 0x1759AB: buflist_new (buffer.c:1889)
-==23530==    by 0x35C923: term_start (terminal.c:421)
-==23530==    by 0x2AFF30: mch_call_shell_terminal (os_unix.c:4377)
-==23530==    by 0x2B16BE: mch_call_shell (os_unix.c:5383)
+Using uninitialized value in test_crypt (can't explain why).
+Memory leak in test_terminal_fail
 TODO: be able to run all parts of test_alot with valgrind separately
 Memory leak in test_alot with pyeval() (allocating partial)
 Memory leak in test_alot with expand()
@@ -541,6 +764,8 @@ Add something like 'fillchars' local to window, but allow for specifying a
 highlight name.  Esp. for the statusline.
 And "extends" and "precedes" are also useful without 'list' set.  Also in
 'fillchars' or another option?
+Related: #3820 - Support setting the character displayed below the last line?
+Neovim uses "eob:X" in 'fillchars'.

 Sourceforge Vim pages still have content, redirect from empty page.
 Check for PHP errors. (Wayne Davison, 2018 Oct 26)
@@ -789,9 +1014,6 @@ option_save({list})					*option_save()*
 directory (Paulo Marcel Coelho Arabic, 2017 Oct 30, #2266)
 Also see #1689.

-crash when removing an element while inside map(). (Nikolai Pavlov, 2018 Feb
-17, #2652)
-
 When 'virtualedit' is "all" and 'cursorcolumn' is set, the wrong column may be
 highlighted. (van-de-bugger, 2018 Jan 23, #2576)

@@ -917,8 +1139,6 @@ Patch from Christian Brabandt to preserve upper case marks when wiping out a
 buffer. (2013 Dec 9)
 Also fixes #2166?

-Patch to add argument to :cquit. (Thinca, 2014 Oct 12)
-
 Python: After "import vim" error messages only show the first line of the
 stack trace. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jul 28, #1887)

@@ -1051,11 +1271,9 @@ Make a function to check for function-like type?
 Screen updated delayed when using CTRL-O u in Insert mode.
 (Barlik, #1191)  Perhaps because status message?

-Implement optional arguments for functions.
+Implement named arguments for functions:
    func Foo(start, count = 1 all = 1)
-    call Foo(12)
    call Foo(12, all = 0)
-    call Foo(12, 15, 0)

 Add a command to take a range of lines, filter them and put the output
 somewhere else.  :{range}copy {dest} !cmd
@@ -1106,6 +1324,7 @@ Patch for 'cursorlinenr' option. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 30)

 When 'completeopt' has "noselect" does not insert a newline. (Lifepillar, 2017
 Apr 23, #1653)
+Can 'completeopt' be made buffer-local? (#5487)

 Window resizing with 'winfixheight': With a vertical split the height changes
 anyway. (Tommy allen, 2017 Feb 21, #1502)
@@ -1141,6 +1360,8 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 - Add ch_readlines(): for a channel in NL mode, reads as many lines as are
  available.  Should be more efficient than looping over ch_read() with
  ch_status() to check for more.
+- If buffer contents is changed in a callback, set w_redr_status so that it
+  gets redrawn in redraw_after_callback(). #6120
 - Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
  msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
@@ -1264,9 +1485,6 @@ Also with latest version.

 Cannot delete a file with square brackets with delete(). (#696)

-Patch to add ":syn foldlevel" to use fold level further down the line.
-(Brad King, 2016 Oct 19, update 2017 Jan 30)
-
 Completion for input() does not expand environment variables. (chdiza, 2016
 Jul 25, #948)

@@ -1275,10 +1493,6 @@ names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).

-Using ":tab drop file" does not trigger BufEnter or TabEnter events.
-(Andy Stewart, 2017 Apr 27, #1660)
-Autocommands blocked in do_arg_all().  Supposed to happen later?
-
 'hlsearch' interferes with a Conceal match. (Rom Grk, 2016 Aug 9)

 MS-Windows: use WS_HIDE instead of SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE in os_win32.c?
@@ -2703,11 +2917,6 @@ argument list or opening each file in a separate tab.
 Windows installer: licence text should not use indent, causes bad word wrap.
 (Benjamin Fritz, 2010 Aug 16)

-Dos uninstal may delete vim.bat from the wrong directory (e.g., when someone
-makes his own wrapper).  Add a magic string with the version number to the
-.bat file and check for it in the uninstaller.  E.g.
-          # uninstall key: vim8.1*
-
 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov,
 2007 Feb 8)

@@ -4436,8 +4645,6 @@ Vim script language:
 8   Pass the command line arguments to Vim scripts in some way.  As v:args
    List?  Or extra parameter to argv()?
 8   Add command arguments with three dashes, passed on to Vim scripts.
-9   Add optional arguments to user functions:
-	:func myFunc(arg1, arg2, arg3 = "blah", arg4 = 17)
 6   User functions: Functions local to buffer "b:func()"?
 8   For Strings add ":let var[{expr}] = {expr}".  When past the end of "var"
    just ignore.
--- a/runtime/doc/uganda.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/uganda.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 08


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_02.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_02.txt
@@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >

 1) Use Ctrl-D after typing a topic and let Vim show all available topics.
   Or press Tab to complete: >
-    	:help some<Tab>
+	:help some<Tab>
 <   More information on how to use the help: >
 	:help helphelp

 2) Follow the links in bars to related help.  You can go from the detailed
   help to the user documentation, which describes certain commands more from
   a user perspective and less detailed.  E.g. after: >
-   	:help pattern.txt
+	:help pattern.txt
 <   You can see the user guide topics |03.9| and |usr_27.txt| in the
   introduction.

@@ -528,27 +528,27 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 <   to open the help page which describes all option handling and then search
   using regular expressions, e.g. textwidth.
   Certain options have their own namespace, e.g.: >
-   	:help cpo-<letter>
+	:help cpo-<letter>
 <   for the corresponding flag of the 'cpoptions' settings, substitute <letter>
   by a specific flag, e.g.: >
-  	:help cpo-;
+	:help cpo-;
 <   And for the guioption flags: >
-  	:help go-<letter>
+	:help go-<letter>

 4) Normal mode commands do not have a prefix. To go to the help page for the
   "gt" command: >
-   	:help gt
+	:help gt

 5) Insert mode commands start with i_.  Help for deleting a word: >
-   	:help i_CTRL-W
+	:help i_CTRL-W

 6) Visual mode commands start with v_.  Help for jumping to the other side of
   the Visual area: >
-   	:help v_o
+	:help v_o

 7) Command line editing and arguments start with c_.  Help for using the
   command argument %: >
-   	:help c_%
+	:help c_%

 8) Ex-commands always start with ":", so to go to the ":s" command help: >
 	:help :s
@@ -559,56 +559,56 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >

 10) Key combinations.  They usually start with a single letter indicating
    the mode for which they can be used.  E.g.: >
-   	:help i_CTRL-X
+	:help i_CTRL-X
 <    takes you to the family of CTRL-X commands for insert mode which can be
    used to auto-complete different things.  Note, that certain keys will
    always be written the same, e.g. Control will always be CTRL.
    For normal mode commands there is no prefix and the topic is available at
    :h CTRL-<Letter>. E.g.  >
-   	:help CTRL-W
+	:help CTRL-W
 <    In contrast >
 	:help c_CTRL-R
 <    will describe what the CTRL-R does when entering commands in the Command
    line and >
-   	:help v_CTRL-A
+	:help v_CTRL-A
 <    talks about incrementing numbers in visual mode and >
 	:help g_CTRL-A
 <    talks about the "g<C-A>" command (e.g. you have to press "g" then
-    <CTRL-A>).  Here the "g" stand for the normal command "g" which always
+    <CTRL-A>).  Here the "g" stands for the normal command "g" which always
    expects a second key before doing something similar to the commands
-    starting with "z"
+    starting with "z".

 11) Regexp items always start with /.  So to get help for the "\+" quantifier
    in Vim regexes: >
-   	:help /\+
+	:help /\+
 <    If you need to know everything about regular expressions, start reading
    at: >
-   	:help pattern.txt
+	:help pattern.txt

 12) Registers always start with "quote". To find out about the special ":"
    register: >
-   	:help quote:
+	:help quote:

 13) Vim script is available at >
 	:help eval.txt
-<   Certain aspects of the language are available at :h expr-X where "X" is a
-   single letter. E.g.  >
-   	:help expr-!
-<   will take you to the topic describing the "!" (Not) operator for
-   VimScript.
-   Also important is >
-   	:help function-list
-<   to find a short description of all functions available.  Help topics for
-   Vim script functions always include the "()", so: >
-   	:help append()
-<   talks about the append Vim script function rather than how to append text
-   in the current buffer.
+<    Certain aspects of the language are available at :h expr-X where "X" is a
+    single letter. E.g.  >
+	:help expr-!
+<    will take you to the topic describing the "!" (Not) operator for Vim
+    script.
+    Also important is >
+	:help function-list
+<    to find a short description of all functions available.  Help topics for
+    Vim script functions always include the "()", so: >
+	:help append()
+<    talks about the append Vim script function rather than how to append text
+    in the current buffer.

 14) Mappings are talked about in the help page :h |map.txt|. Use >
-    	:help mapmode-i
+	:help mapmode-i
 <    to find out about the |:imap| command.  Also use :map-topic
    to find out about certain subtopics particular for mappings.  e.g: >
-    	:help :map-local
+	:help :map-local
 <    for buffer-local mappings or >
 	:help map-bar
 <    for how the '|' is handled in mappings.
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >

 16) Window management commands always start with CTRL-W, so you find the
    corresponding help at :h CTRL-W_letter.  E.g. >
-   	:help CTRL-W_p
+	:help CTRL-W_p
 <    for moving the previous accessed window.  You can also access >
 	:help windows.txt
 <    and read your way through if you are looking for window handling
@@ -628,30 +628,30 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 17) Use |:helpgrep| to search in all help pages (and also of any installed
    plugins).  See |:helpgrep| for how to use it.
    To search for a topic: >
-    	:helpgrep topic
+	:helpgrep topic
 <    This takes you to the first match.  To go to the next one: >
 	:cnext
 <    All matches are available in the quickfix window which can be opened
    with: >
-    	:copen
+	:copen
 <    Move around to the match you like and press Enter to jump to that help.

 18) The user manual.  This describes help topics for beginners in a rather
    friendly way.  Start at |usr_toc.txt| to find the table of content (as you
    might have guessed): >
-    	:help usr_toc.txt
+	:help usr_toc.txt
 <    Skim over the contents to find interesting topics. The "Digraphs" and
    "Entering special characters" items are in chapter 24, so to go to that
    particular help page: >
-    	:help usr_24.txt
+	:help usr_24.txt
 <    Also if you want to access a certain chapter in the help, the chapter
    number can be accessed directly like this: >
-    	:help 10.1
+	:help 10.1
 <    which goes to chapter 10.1 in |usr_10.txt| and talks about recording
    macros.

 19) Highlighting groups.  Always start with hl-groupname.  E.g. >
-    	:help hl-WarningMsg
+	:help hl-WarningMsg
 <    talks about the WarningMsg highlighting group.

 20) Syntax highlighting is namespaced to :syn-topic.  E.g. >
@@ -662,24 +662,24 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
    usually start with :l

 22) Autocommand events can be found by their name: >
-     	:help BufWinLeave
+	:help BufWinLeave
 <    To see all possible events: >
 	:help autocommand-events

 23) Command-line switches always start with "-".  So for the help of the -f
    command switch of Vim use: >
-    	:help -f
+	:help -f

 24) Optional features always start with "+".  To find out about the
    conceal feature use: >
-    	:help +conceal
+	:help +conceal

 25) Documentation for included filetype specific functionality is usually
-    available  in the form ft-<filetype>-<functionality>.  So >
-    	:help ft-c-syntax
+    available in the form ft-<filetype>-<functionality>.  So >
+	:help ft-c-syntax
 <    talks about the C syntax file and the option it provides.  Sometimes,
    additional sections for omni completion >
-    	:help ft-php-omni
+	:help ft-php-omni
 <    or filetype plugins >
 	:help ft-tex-plugin
 <    are available.
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 <    talks about the warning "Changing a readonly file".
    Sometimes, however, those error codes are not described, but rather are
    listed at the Vim command that usually causes this.  So: >
-    	:help E128
+	:help E128
 <    takes you to the |:function| command


--- a/runtime/doc/usr_03.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_03.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 29

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -346,7 +346,8 @@ to find the first #include after the cursor: >

 And then type "n" several times.  You will move to each #include in the text.
 You can also use a count if you know which match you want.  Thus "3n" finds
-the third match.  Using a count with "/" doesn't work.
+the third match.  You can also use a count with "/": "4/the" goes to the
+fourth match of "the".

 The "?" command works like "/" but searches backwards: >

--- a/runtime/doc/usr_07.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_07.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_07.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2017 Sep 18
+*usr_07.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 23

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -227,8 +227,8 @@ the file.

 FILE MARKS

-In chapter 4 was explained how you can place a mark in a file with "mx" and
-jump to that position with "`x".  That works within one file.  If you edit
+In section |03.10| was explained how you can place a mark in a file with "mx"
+and jump to that position with "`x".  That works within one file.  If you edit
 another file and place marks there, these are specific for that file.  Thus
 each file has its own set of marks, they are local to the file.
   So far we were using marks with a lowercase letter.  There are also marks
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_08.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_08.txt
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ Another way to start in diff mode can be done from inside Vim.  Edit the
 "main.c" file, then make a split and show the differences: >

 	:edit main.c
-	:vertical diffsplit main.c~ 
+	:vertical diffsplit main.c~

 The ":vertical" command is used to make the window split vertically.  If you
 omit this, you will get a horizontal split.
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_10.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_10.txt
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ with any motion command, with text objects and in Visual mode.
 lowercase.  This can be shortened to "guu".  "gUgU" is shortened to "gUU" and
 "g~g~" to "g~~".  Example: >

-				g~~ 
+				g~~
 <	Some GIRLS have Fun    ---->   sOME girls HAVE fUN ~

 ==============================================================================
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_11.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_11.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Apr 28
+*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 17

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -211,8 +211,11 @@ will automatically delete it:
 - The flag that the file was modified is not set.
 - The process is not running.

+You can programatically deal with this situation with the |FileChangedShell|
+autocommand event.

-UNREADABLE SWAP FILE
+
+UNREADABLE SWAP FILE ~

 Sometimes the line

--- a/runtime/doc/usr_22.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_22.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 28

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ browser.  This is what you get: >
     	 a................Hiding Files or Directories................|netrw-a|
     	 mb...............Bookmarking a Directory....................|netrw-mb|
     	 gb...............Changing to a Bookmarked Directory.........|netrw-gb|
-     	 c................Make Browsing Directory The Current Dir....|netrw-c|
+     	 cd...............Make Browsing Directory The Current Dir....|netrw-c|
     	 d................Make A New Directory.......................|netrw-d|
     	 D................Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-D|
     	 <c-h>............Edit File/Directory Hiding List............|netrw-ctrl-h|
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ The following normal-mode commands may be used to control the browser display:

 As a sampling of extra normal-mode commands:

-	c		Change Vim's notion of the current directory to be
+	cd		Change Vim's notion of the current directory to be
 			the same as the browser directory.  (see
 			|g:netrw_keepdir| to control this, too)
 	R		Rename the file or directory under the cursor; a
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More
				`@@ -0,0 +1 @@`
				`/^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=maybe-uninitialized/`